Home

TCP/IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User`s Manual

1. Ethernet aera a45624 TRANSCEIVER TRANSCEIVER ETHERNET INTERFACE STATION MANAGER SERIES 90 70 PLC or SERIES 90 30 PLC ETHERNET INTERFACE STATION MANAGER SERIES 90 70 PLC or SERIES 90 30 PLC MAC Address 080019010020 IP Address 10 0 0 1 Network Address Name PLC01 Must be theREM Remote Command to Station Manager via remote IP address Address Name or MAC PC Running a Terminal or an ASCII Figure 2 2 Station Manager Accessed Remotely over the Network Using the REM Remote Command A third way exists for customers whose networks contain Series 90 Ethernet Interfaces Type 1 or Series 15 16 CNC OSI Ethernet Interfaces See the Terminal Emulator section later in this chapter GFK 1186G 2 1 Connecting to the Station Manager Local Operation of the Station Manager Whether using a PC running a terminal emulator or an ASCII terminal the steps for connecting to the Station Manager are essentially the same 1 Connect the serial cable IC693CBL316A from the PC or ASCII terminal to the Station Manager port of the Ethernet Interface The end of the cable with the RJ 11 connector connects to the Station Manager port on the Ethernet Interface The end of the cable with the D type connector connects to the serial port on your PC or terminal a45485 x RJ 11 CONNECTOR 9 PIN FEMALE CONNECTOR Figure 2 3 Serial Cable IC693CBL316A to Connect Personal
2. LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Lqsize size parameter of tcpmopen call used in tepmopen call is invalid Entry 3 contains the endpoint identifier number used in the tepmopen call Entry 4 contains the offending lqsize parameter value LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Invalid itcb parameter in tcpaccept call Entry 4 contains the offending itcb parameter value LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Empty listen queue when tcpaccept was called LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Invalid itcb parameter used in tcpattach call Entry 3 contains the endpoint identifier number used in call Entry 4 contains the offending itcb parameter value LAN system software fault resuming Internal error TCB not in ESTABLISHED state when tcpattach was called Entry 3 contains the endpoint identifier number used in call Entry 4 contains a code indicating the current state of the TCP connection Valid state codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 f LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Illegal parameter specified in call to tepread Entry 3 contains an internal error code of interest to developers LAN system software fault resuming Internal error TCB not in ESTABLISHED state when tcpread was called Entry 4 contains a code indicating the current state of the TCP connection Valid state codes are listed in the description of
3. GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 35 B 36 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution This event is logged by the Modbus TCP Channel API when an exceptional condition occurs Entry 1 will always be zero Event le Modbus TCP Channel API events TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 Entry 2 contains a code unique to each type of unexpected event Entry 3 contains a code identifying the Modbus TCP Channel software component which logged the event Entries 4 5 and 6 identify additional information specific to the type of event described in entry 2 Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error The Channel API software encountered an internal use as opposed to user application use of a channel number that is out of range Entry 3 contains the offending channel number LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed Entry 3 contains the channel number Entry 4 contains the number of bytes the Channel API was attempting to allocate LAN system software fault resuming Internal error The Channel API detected the improper internal use of a NULL pointer to a channel machine LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming The application program may h
4. SB SC and T and lt offset gt is a numeric value in the range of 1 to the size of the reference table being displayed Example addresses are R1 AI003 and AQ1000 For discrete tables such as I and Q the entire byte containing the requested address will be displayed i e specifying the values I1 14 and I8 will all display the same data The length is expressed in terms of words for word oriented tables such as the R AI and AQ tables and in terms of bytes for the other tables It defaults to the value one 1 An error message will be displayed if address plus the length specified exceeds the memory of the PLC The output of the command is a hexadecimal dump of the requested data Each line of up to 16 bytes also has the ASCII representation of the data bytes displayed to right of the hexadecimal dump of the data with a dot used for non printable ASCII characters A typical PLCREAD command is shown below gt plcread R1 2 01 00 02 00 PLCWRITE Command A new modify level station manager command PLCWRITE will be introduced to allow selected parts of the memory of the PLC to be changed to the new value specified in the command The PLCWRITE command has the form PLCWRITE lt address gt lt new data value gt lt new data value gt This command puts the value specified in lt new data value gt into the PLC memory specified by lt address gt An error will be displayed and the data from the comma
5. Value Error Status Condition 0x0001 General failure 0x000c 0x000d Memory allocation error 0x0014 Out of message blocks unable to transmit to network 0x0015 Unable to retrieve local IP address cannot issue ping request 0x0017 Remote device is unreachable cannot issue ping request GFK 1186G Appendix E Status Codes in the Exception Log E 5 Error Status Definitions for SRTP Server Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the SRTP Server subsystem ID 09H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 9 SCode Error Status Definitions for SRTP Server Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0032 Error obtaining Advanced User Parameter data 0x0034 0x0035 Memory allocation error 0x0036 Expected send or receive task was not found for an SRTP connection 0x0037 Error obtaining new mail message sequence number 0x003a Invalid reason code in outgoing SRTP PDU PDU was not sent 0x0048 Unknown Station Manager command was received Error Status codes 0x8000 Ox8fff may be returned to the remote SRTP client device 0x8001 General failure 0x8002 No communication to local PLC CPU 0x8005 Unrecognized SRTP PDU was received 0x8006 Data received with PDU type that does not support data 0x8008 SRTP action not allowed in current connection state 0x8
6. After you have established confidence in your particular application and configuration parameters you can periodically re test your physical network while the applications are running This is done by using the TEST and or the PING Station Manager commands The tests described here can be performed when the Ethernet Interfaces are in either the Operational or Maintenance state Chapter 5 Testing on the Network 5 1 Running a Network Test Using Style A Station Manager The Ethernet Interfaces you are going to use to test the network can be in either the Operational or the Maintenance state You will use the Station Manager to run tests to verify that the cable plant is operating correctly and to examine statistics about network performance Note Style B Station Manager modules do not support the Station Manger TEST command either as an initiator or as a responder on the network Connectivity to these modules may be tested using the PING station manager command See Performing a PING Test in this chapter The procedure below describes the steps to be performed for the Network Test 1 5 2 Select a station to be the test initiator and connect the terminal emulator to serial port 1 on this station This may be any Ethernet Interface If your application uses a particular node to communicate with most others we suggest you designate this node as the test initiator You will connect a terminal emulator to this Interface to acces
7. In the descriptions below symbols are used to denote options or alternatives in the command parameters These symbols are used to help give a clear and complete description of the command and are not part of the command The use of these symbols is briefly described below Arguments to commands are often given symbolic names which are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt For example lt PAGE gt is an argument to many commands The command specification for lt PAGE gt is described as a number which specifies the page number of the display It is important to remember to enter the argument and not its symbolic name For example to see the second page of the Test Results you should enter REPORT 2 not REPORT lt PAGE gt Optional arguments are surrounded by square brackets for example REPORT lt PAGE gt Again the brackets should not be entered as part of the command Sometimes there are several alternatives for an argument The alternatives are listed in the command description separated by a vertical bar I and enclosed in braces I For example when using the NET command only one of the alternatives should be selected NET ON OFF GFK 1186G 6 1 s Command Input Processing 6 2 Anything in a command description that is not one of the constructs discussed above should be entered exactly as it is shown All data entered for the command is converted to lower case unless it is enclosed in do
8. Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event Ic Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Channel 2f Bad local application request discarded request API events Could not write the CRS word of an Establish Channel COMMREQ command Continued Entry 3 identifies the channel number You should check your application to make sure it is using a legal CRS word pointer in its Establish Channel command for the indicated channel LAN system software fault resuming Internal software error The internal channel state machine is trying to establish a new channel while it is not in a state which is suitable for this operation Entry 3 contains the channel number Entry 4 contains a code identifying the current machine state for this channel LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed Entry 3 contains the channel number LAN system software fault resuming An indication from the Naming Services subsystem was received which does not correspond to any request made by the Channel API subsystem LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming A request by the Channel API subsystem to resolve a network address name was rejected by the Naming Services subsystem LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming The Channel API subsystem received an incoherent indication from the Naming Services subsystem Bad local appl
9. Automatic restart due to system error see preceding log event 2 Automatic load due to system error see preceding log event 2 Startup after software load Station Manager maintenance utility request 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Maintenance utility request through pushbutton Load request aborted through pushbutton Load request due to corrupted primary software Automatic restart due to Watchdog Timer expiration Automatic restart due to Storing changed configuration data for the Ethernet Interface into the PLC The Ethernet Interface restarts in order to use the new configuration data e Automatic restart due to restart command from PLC CPU This may occur after loss of communication with the PLC CPU f Automatic reinitialization due to storing identical configuration while internal backup was in use Entry 5 provides the reason for entering the loader upon system initialization after exiting the Software Load state 0 Normal power up 2 Load request through pushbutton 4 Station Manager load request 6 Automatic load due to system error see preceding log event 2 b Load request due to corrupted primary software Other Entry 5 values are unexpected refer to the values for Entry 3 B 4 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2 Th
10. BOOTP REM Services NTP Station Mgr Station r 27 9 21 Command Manager UDP u Powerup Diagnostics REM TEST 01 Station Mgt Station Mg ICMP i 18 IGMP pja 3 ARP ARP f 16 16 Command Command Ethernet LLC 1 Oc 802 3 LLC I Oc i AUB SRTP Service Request Transfer Protocol 10Base2 10BaseT AAUN 2 TCP Transmission Control Protocol 7 ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol X IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol iopasee AoBasor IP_ Internet Protocol ARP Address Resolution Protocol Network lower case letter Station Manager Task ID hex numbers Log Event Data may flow between the system task and any other function LLC Logical Link Control MAC Media Access Control AAUI Apple Attachment Unit Interface AUI Attachment Unit Interface 1 Series 90 30 CPU364 EGD Ethernet Global Data 2 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol 3 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Ty 6 2 4 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface I foai MM321 FG or later Figure B 2 Visual Reference for Log Events within the Series 90 Ethernet Interface Software for Style B Station Manager P ae Ce a a N a a a aaa a a ee od r PLC CPU SRTP Service Request Transfer Protocol Series 90 30 PLC PLC Backplane Driver c 08 awa SRTP Server v 1b EGD None REM Stati ation w SARI UDP PING Station Manager Command Power up
11. Error in a PLC request to establish an EGD exchange The exchange with this error will not be created This is an internal error and should be eported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Error in allocating memory to hold the state of an exchange The exchange in question will not transfer any data LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request A request to allocate shared memory to communicate the exchange data to the PLC failed The exchange in question will not transfer any data Entry 3 contains the size of the connection area to be allocated LAN system software fault resuming The internal identifier used by the PLC to identify the exchange was not valid Entry 3 is the internal exchange handle Entry 4 is the internal connection ID This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN system software fault resuming The name format in the exchange is not supported Entry 3 contains the producer name format Entry 4 contains the consumer name format This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN system software fault resuming Error releasing shared memory Details of the error are found in the SCode Entry 3 contains the shared memory offset LAN system software fault resuming Error freeing the state information for an exchange Entry 3 is the exchange number LAN system software
12. GE Fanuc Automation Programmable Control Products TCPAP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual GFK 1186G May 2002 GFL 002 Warnings Cautions and Notes as Used in this Publication Warning notices are used in this publication to emphasize that hazardous voltages currents temperatures or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist in this equipment or may be associated with its use In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment a Warning notice is used Caution notices are used where equipment might be damaged if care is not taken Note Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and operating the equipment This document is based on information available at the time of its publication While efforts have been made to be accurate the information contained herein does not purport to cover all details or variations in hardware or software nor to provide for every possible contingency in connection with installation operation or maintenance Features may be described herein which are not present in all hardware and software systems GE Fanuc Automation assumes no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made GE Fanuc Automation makes no representation or warranty expressed implied or statutory with respect to and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy comple
13. LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to register with the PLC for notification when a clear of faults occurs Fault table updates may be missed if this error LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized notification message was received from the PLC The message is ignored LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred in attempting to write the IP address to non volatile storage No non volatile IP address will be available LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred trying to set the IP address from the network The IP address of the module was not set LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred trying to process AUP information for a protocol The protocol may not operate properly GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 53 Table B 6 Operating System Error Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 3 This event is logged when the Operating System RTOS detects an unrecoverable error Normal operation cannot continue Operating Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code System Error Entry 2 hexadecimal values are events LAN system software fault restarted LAN I F A fatal Operating System error has occurred The Ethernet Interface will be automatically restarted Entries 3 contain
14. This event is logged when an Error Handler exception event occurs Error Handler Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location ERR events identification code Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 LAN system software fault resuming An invalid exception index was passed to Error Handler Entry 3 is the invalid index LAN system software fault resuming Registration for CFG event notification failed LAN system software fault resuming A memory allocation failed LAN system software fault resuming Corrupted data was detected in the exception log and the log was repaired If Entry 3 is 0001H the log header was corrupted and the entire previous content of the log was discarded If Entry 3 is 0002H one or more exceptions were corrupted and only the corrupted exceptions were discarded Entry 4 contains the number of discarded exceptions LAN system software fault resuming A hardware failure was detected in battery backed non volatile RAM while repairing a corrupted exception log The repaired log was moved to volatile RAM The entire content of the log will be lost when the module is powered off GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 57 Table B 9 Station Manager Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event e This event is logged when a Station Manager exception event occurs Station E
15. Description UsrReq Service requests from BPD users to PLC UsrRsp Service request responses to BPD users UsrMsg Messages from BPD users to PLC UnsolMsg Unsol transfers from PLC to BPD users PlicReq Service requests from PLC to BPD users PicRsp Service request responses to PLC Cmrq COMMREQs received from PLC CmrqDscd COMMREQs discarded for BPD Users PicSweep Total PLC Sweeps PktToPlic Total mailbox messages sent to PLC PktFmPlc Total mailbox messages received from PLC PktUnreg Messages received for unregistered user BsyRetry Automatic retries due to PLC busy BpdAbort Transfers aborted by BPD PlcTmout Timeouts awaiting response from PLC UsrTmout Timeouts awaiting response from the BPD user TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table C 20 SMI Driver Tallies also part of task C Tally Description SendObtin Mailbox messages obtained from send queue MBSend Mailbox messages successfully sent to PLC MBResend_ Mailbox messages successfully resent to PLC SndAbort Mailbox message send obtains aborted MBAvail MB_AVAILABLE commands received from PLC RecvObtn Mailbox messages obtained from receive queue MBRecv Mailbox messages successfully received from PLC RevAbort Mailbox message
16. For Style B station manager modules most events in the Exception Log include a Status Code SCode This Status Code reports the internal status of the Ethernet firmware when the exception occurred Status Codes are only displayed when using LOG Z The Status Code is a 32 bit value It is organized into the following fields Failure Any negative SCode value indicates a failure Reserved for internal use Operating system services subsystem specific Subsystem that generated this status These ID values are not the same as Exception Log events Error or status value subsystem specific F L Service Subsystem ID Error Status Code 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 141 14 1 141 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0JO0J0O0JOJOJO 1 0 98 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 61 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 41312 1 0 E 1 E 2 SCode Subsystem ID Definitions Table E 1 SCode Subsystem ID Definitions Value Description 0x01 Diagnostic DIAG subsystem 0x02 Board Support Package BSP subsystem 0x03 Error Handler ERR subsystem 0x04 Shared Memory SMI subsystem 0x05 PLC Backplane Driver BPD subsystem 0x06 Configuration Handler CFG subsystem 0x07 Non volatile memory NVM subsystem 0x08 Station Manager STA subsystem 0x09 SRTP Server SRTPS subsystem 0x0a Ether
17. In communications a number of special terms are used and many of these terms are referenced by acronyms This appendix contains a concise alphabetized listing of conventional communications terms and where applicable their associated acronyms Most of these terms but not necessarily all are used in this manual GFK 1186G A 1 Commonly Used Acronyms and Abbreviations This is a listing of acronyms and their derivation that are commonly used throughout this manual API ARP AUI AAUI BOOTP BPS CCU CPU CSMA CD DCE DCS DDP DIB DHCP DNS DTE EGD GSM H HEX ICMP IEEE IGMP IP ISO K KB LAN LED LIS LLC LSAP MAC MB PDU PLC RFC SNTP SQE SRTP TCP TCP IP UDP Application Program Interface Address Resolution Protocol Attachment Unit Interface Apple Attachment Unit Interface Boot Strap Protocol Bits Per Second Communication Configuration Utility Central Processing Unit Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection Data Communications Equipment Detailed Channel Status Distributed Directory Protocol Directory Information Base Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Domain Name System Data Terminal Equipment Ethernet Global Data GEnet System Manager Hexadecimal Hexadecimal Internet Control Message Protocol Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Internet Group Management Protocol Internet Protocol International Organization for Standardization 1024 Kilobyte 1024 b
18. Manager Software Loader Powerup Diagnostics 01 SRTP Service Request Transfer Protocol TCP Transmission Control Protocol ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol IP Internet Protocol ARP Address Resolution Protocol LLC Logical Link Control MAC Media Access Control AAUI Apple Attachment Unit Interface AUI Attachment Unit Interface EGD Ethernet Global Data SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Server v 1b Backplane PLC Backplane Driver 6 08 Ethernet Interface SRTP Channel API h 1c Naming Services 9 27 EGD13 9 28 1 3 BOOTP SNTP 29 21 UDP u REM Station Mgr Command PING Station Mg Command en Station Mgr Station Mg ICMP j 18 IGMP j fig ARP f 16 Command Command Ethernet LLC I Oc 802 3 LLC I Oc MAC I Oc AU 10Base2 10BaseT AAUI Tx 10Base2 10BaseT Network Network y Network lower case letter Station Manager Task ID hex numbers Log Event Data may flow between the system task and any other function 1 Series 90 30 CPU364 2 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface 3 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 4 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FG or later Figure 3 4 Visual Reference for Tasks within the Series 90 Ethernet Interface Software GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 13 3 14 Tasks for Modules Using Sty
19. OFF O STAT OFF C Waiting for Configuration from PLC E Did not configure slot using PLC Programmer E New CPU with no configuration E CPU not communicating with Ethernet Interface Condition can last a maximum of 2 minutes E Use PLC Programmer configuration software to configure the Interface then store the configuration to the PLC CPU E Make sure Interface is in the correct slot on the baseplate E Power cycle the PLC E Clear faults and Restart Interface OK Slowblink O LAN ON Traffic OFF O FDX OFF Slowblink STAT Slowblink OK and STAT blink in unison D Waiting for IP Address Interface s IP address has not been configured or has been configured as 0 0 0 0 E Use PLC Programmer to configure the Interface with a non zero IP address E Use a BOOTP server to provide Interface with a non zero IP address x OK Slowblink O LAN ON Traffic OFF FDX Slowblink O STAT ON OFF OK and SER blink in unison E Maintenance E Restart pushbutton pressed until bottom two LEDs turn ON E Station Manager MAINT command issued E Internal System Error when Interface was Operational caused a restart and entrance into Maintenance E If you did not intend to enter Maintenance press the Restart pushbutton for less than 5 seconds This clears the Maintenance request MExamine PLC Fault Table for clues E f you need to use the Station Manager to troublesh
20. System Error 21 LAN system software fault resuming Task 0 failed to retrieve control information from the PLC CPU System Error 22 LAN system software fault resuming Task 0 failed to receive session control feature information from the PLC CPU System Error 23 LAN system software fault resuming Task 0 failed to retrieve PLC program name System Error 24 LAN system software fault resuming Task 0 failed to login to PLC CPU as a null programmer System Error 25 LAN system software fault resuming System timer error during BOOTP operation Unable to obtain an IP address from remote server System Error 31 LAN PROM software mismatch running soft Sw util The Interface detected that it may be about to use a possibly obsolete IP address in the Operational state This error forces restart into Maintenance state This is because the IP address did not arrive from the configuration in the PLC CPU and the backup IP address retrieved is possibly not the latest copy User Action Verify correct IP address e g with NODE command If incorrect set with CHSOSW command and restart the Interface If correct force a backup of Soft Switches by changing a Soft Switch Configuration parameter via the CHSOSW command For example you could change your name server IP address to the Ethernet Interface s IP address Then restart the Interface login and issue the MAINT command Restore the name server IP address a
21. TRACE 6 40 UDIS 6 42 XCHANGE 6 42 Style A Station Manager Control Characters 6 2 Style A TCP Tallies Tally w C 10 Style A UDP Tallies Tally u C 9 Style B Station Manager commands CHLTIME 7 2 CHPARM 7 3 CHSOSW 7 4 CHTIME 7 5 CLEAR 7 5 HELP 7 7 KILLSS 7 8 LOG 7 9 LOGIN 7 11 LOGOUT 7 11 LTIME 7 12 NET 7 12 NODE 7 13 OK 7 13 7 20 PARM 7 14 PING 7 16 PROG Command B 7 18 REM 7 18 Index 3 Index Index 4 REPP 7 19 wrcv_buf 6 25 RESTART 7 20 wretries 6 24 es wsegmt_sz 6 24 STOPP 7 22 ae eee TALLY 7 23 A WESE TRACE 7 24 wurg_q 6 24 XCHANGE 7 26 X T XCHANGE command A 6 42 Tallies Clearing 6 13 7 5 XCHANGE command B 7 26 TALLY command A 6 37 TALLY command B 7 23 Tally descriptions Style A C 1 C 2 Task Identification 4 8 Terminal Emulators 2 3 Terms Glossary A 3 TEST ALL Station Manager command 5 4 TEST command 5 2 5 3 TEST command A 6 37 6 38 TEST command using to test network 5 2 Testing the Network 5 2 Testing the Network using the PING command 5 6 Time 4 7 6 6 6 13 6 39 7 2 7 5 TIME command A 6 39 TRACE command A 6 40 TRACE command B 7 24 Transceiver B 16 Troubleshooting Using LEDs 3 6 Using PLC Fault Table 3 18 Using Station Manager 3 13 When STAT LED is OFF 3 16 When STAT LED is ON 3 17 Troubleshooting Diagnostic tools 3 2 U UDIS command A 6 42 Using the Monitor Commands 4
22. Use caution when setting any advanced parameter Poor choice of settings may result in degraded Ethernet Interface operation GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 9 s What To Do If You Have Forgotten Your Password The default Station Manager password is system The current password is needed to access the Modify level of the Station Manager If you forget the current password follow these steps 6 10 1 Press the Restart pushbutton on the Ethernet Interface for more than 10 seconds so that the bottom two LEDs are both ON then release the pushbutton This causes the Interface to restart and enter the Maintenance state indicated by the prompt The Maintenance state uses the Modify level of the Station Manager Use the CHPARM command to change the password to a known value The CHPARM command to do this has the following form chparm stpasswd lt new password gt To change the password to the default value system issue the following command chparm stpasswd def Or to change the password to the value stingray issue the following command chparm stpasswd stingray To complete the procedure issue the command restart This returns the Interface to the Operational state TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L CHSNTP Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Not r
23. clearing 6 13 7 5 HELP command A 6 15 HELP command B 7 7 Hexadecimal Values 4 9 ifrag_q_sz 6 24 ifrag_tmr 6 24 ifrag_ttl 6 24 imax_frag 6 24 IP Address assigning D 1 Display format 4 9 IP address determining if has been used 5 7 ittl 6 24 K KILLSS Command A 6 16 KILLSS Command B 7 8 Index 1 Index Index 2 L Idrtry 6 24 LEDs 3 2 3 6 3 8 3 10 3 12 lgrpmsk07 6 24 Imacaddr 6 24 lmaxdb 6 24 LOAD command A 6 17 Load state 3 4 LOG command A 6 18 LOG command B 7 9 Log Events B 2 Log Clearing 6 13 7 5 LOGIN command A 6 19 LOGIN command B 7 11 LOGOUT command A 6 19 LOGOUT command B 7 11 Irxringlen 6 24 LTIME command A 6 20 LTIME command B 7 12 Itxringlen 6 24 lxidtime 6 24 MAINT command A 6 20 Maintenance state 3 5 3 8 3 10 4 10 4 11 Modify Commands using 4 4 Monitor commands using 4 2 MYNAME command A 6 20 N NAMETBL command A 6 21 NET command A 6 21 NET command B 7 12 Network testing 5 2 NODE command A 6 22 NODE command B 7 13 Number Formats 4 9 Numeric Values 4 9 O OK command A 6 22 OK command B 7 13 7 20 Operational state 3 5 3 8 3 10 3 12 4 11 P PARM command A 6 23 PARM command B 7 14 Password 4 1 6 19 7 11 Password What to do if you have forgotten it 6 10 7 3 PC Software Loader 6 17 PING command 5 6 PING command A 6 28 6 36 PING comman
24. lt len gt is the number of data bytes in the Echo Request message The actual data pattern is not changeable by the user Default length is 64 bytes Range is 8 through 32747 but is limited by system buffer memory The results of the last PING command are maintained until the Modify security level is exited either by a timeout or by the LOGOUT command It may be advisable to issue a CHLTIME 0 command before initiating a PING command of long duration The PING command is refused if the Ethernet Interface on which you are issuing the PING command to has not been configured with a valid IP address A typical PING command is shown below 7 16 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 ping 10 0 0 1 10 Ping initiated lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 10 Received 10 No Timely Response 0 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 1 10 See also the REPP command for detailed explanation of PING results GFK 1186G PLCREAD Command The PLCREAD command has the form PLCREAD lt address gt lt len gt This command displays the data from the PLC memory specified by lt address gt An error will be displayed if the address is not valid for the PLC The syntax of the address is lt selector gt lt offset gt where lt selector gt is one of the character sequences AI AQ T G M Q R S SA
25. state It is not available when running Power Up Diagnostics or the Software Loader GFK 1186G 1 1 Station Manager Styles This manual will refer to two different styles of Station Managers The two styles have a similar interface but details of the commands and output are different between the two styles Station Manager Styles Style Products Supported Style A 1C693CMM321 IC693CPU364 IC697CMM742 Style B IC693CPU374 Station Manager Services The Station Manager provides the following services An interactive set of commands for an operator to interrogate and control the Ethernet Interface Access to observe and modify internal statistics an exception log and advanced user parameters Password security for commands that change the Ethernet Interface parameters or states The Station Manager allows you to monitor the operation of the local station node and the network If a problem occurs at the local station or on the network the Station Manager may be used to pinpoint the source of the problem through the various commands Quick Guide to the Manual The table below provides a quick pointer into the manual for Station Manager operations Be sure to reference the Table of Contents and Index for more specific questions Questions Where to go in the Manual How do I connect my PC or terminal to the Chapter 2 Accessing the Station Manager Station Manager software on the Ethe
26. transfer ID LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Call to allocate a queue item failed Entry 3 is an internal status code LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Call to allocate a pool item failed Entry 3 may contain the type code of the PDU LAN system software fault resuming A bad pointer was used within a call to abort a machine structure B 44 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Entry 2 codes Continued Event 28 Ethernet Global Data EGD events Continued a LAN system software fault resuming An event occurred which had no transition capability LAN system software fault resuming A machine entry was found in an invalid state Entry 3 is the type code of the PDU Entry 3 is the current state code Entry 4 is the current event code LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request Open call for UDP port failed Entry 3 is the UDP port number LAN system software fault resuming Function called before system fully initialized LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming A new work event could not be allocated Entry 3 may contain the type code of the PDU LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming A new transaction machine could not be allocated Entry 3 may contain th
27. 0 EGD provides a UDP port parameter and host group IP address parameter for each of 32 possible host groups 0 31 The parameter formats for each host group are as follows where XX specifies the host group 0 31 gXX_udp UDP port for host group XX 0 65535 ffffH 18246 4746H gXX_ttl IP time to live for host group multicast messages hop count 0 255 OOffH 1 1H gXX_addr IP group address for host group XX must be Class D address 224 0 0 2 224 0 7 XX SRTP Channels Parameters task h 239 255 255 255 IP Parameters task i IP header default time to live hop count 0 255 OOffH 64 0040H IP fragment timeout interval in seconds ICMP AGMP Parameters task j 0 65535 ffffH 30 seconds Network Interface Parameters task T formerly Data Link in CPU364 Iduplex0 Interface duplex setting O auto detect 1 half 2 full for the internal port that connects the switch to the Ethernet controller Iduplex1 Interface duplex setting O auto detect 1 half 2 full for Port 1 Iduplex2 Interface duplex setting O auto detect 1 half 2 full for Port 2 IspeedO Interface operating speed O auto detect 1 10Mbit 2 100Mbit for the internal port that connects the switch to the Ethernet controller Ispeed1 Interface operating speed O auto detect 1 10Mbit 2 100Mbit for Port 1 0 1 2 0 0 Ispeed2 Interfac
28. 1 TCP IP values from Soft Switches Subnet Mask 0 0 0 Gateway 0 0 0 Name Server 0 0 0 Port 1 Station Manager Port 2 S W Loader Data Rate 9600 Data Rate 19200 Parity NONE Parity ODD Stop Bits sI Stop Bits 1 Flow Control NONE Flow Control NONE TurnA Delay NONE TurnA Delay NONE Timeout LONG Timeout LONG Source of Soft Switches CPU GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 35 s 6 36 STAT Command The STAT command has the form STAT lt task s gt where lt task s gt is one or more task identification letters from Table 4 3 This command causes the current status of the task or tasks specified by the task identification letters to be displayed An example STAT command is shown below gt stat v lt lt lt SRTP Endpoint STOPP Command Server Status gt gt gt Task 32 33 34 35 ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED The STOPP command has the form STOPP Num Requests Client Address This command causes an active PING sequence to stop immediately and to print the results of the terminated test Itis used to terminate a long running PING sequence An example STOPP command is shown below stopp lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Received 8 No Timely Response Command Sent 8 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 1 10 Note The ping was aborted via stop
29. 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 25 IP Tallies task i Tally Description InRecv Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including those received in error InHdrErr Number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP headers InAdrErr Number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity ForwDgms Number of input datagrams for which this entity was not their final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to that final destination not used InUnkPro Number of locally addresssed datagrams received successfully but discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol InDiscds Number of input IP datagrams for which no problems were encountered to prevent their continued processing but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space InDelivs Number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP user protocols including ICMP OutReq Number of IP datagrams which local IP user protocols including ICMP supplied to IP in requests for transmission OutDiscd Number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space OutNoRts Number of IP datagrams discarded because no r
30. 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most SNTP events contain a SCode status value events Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 LAN system software fault resuming SNTP client failed to lock onto a valid SNTP time server within the timeout LAN system software fault resuming A locked on SNTP server was lost and the time server was changed LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to join the multicast host group failed LAN system software fault resuming An invalid timer identification value was detected This is an internal software error LAN system software fault resuming the lock on the time server was lost The module is no longer synchronized to any time servers LAN system software fault resuming An internal time computation error was detected LAN system software fault resuming An error occurred in an operating system request This is an internal software error LAN system software fault resuming An error occurred in registering for configuration This is an internal software error LAN system software fault resuming An error occurred in retrieving configuration This is an internal software error LAN system software fault resuming Internal configuration error LAN system software fault resuming Internal messaging error LAN system software fault resuming Internal error processing a station manager request LAN system soft
31. ARP O piagnostics Ethernet LLC I 0c MAC 0c Switch I Oc 10Base T 100Base TX TCP Transmission Control Protocol ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol 10 100 Ethernet IP Internet Protocol Network ARP Address Resolution Protocol LLC Logical Link Control lower case letter Station Manager Task ID MAC Media Access Control hex numbers Log Event EGD Ethernet Global Data Data may flow between the system task and any other function SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 1 This is an event logged on every initialization of the Ethernet Interface This event is Power up meant to indicate the boundaries between Restarts By checking the count for this event you may find how many Restarts are occurring This event never causes the STAT LED to go OFF nor is it reported to the PLC Fault Table Entry 2 indicates the type of system initialization as described below 0 Normal Ethernet Interface startup Operational state 5 Maintenance State selected Entry 3 indicates the event that caused the system initialization to occur Normal power up Restart request through pushbutton Load request through pushbutton Station Manager restart request Station Manager load request
32. Bad task ID programmed A COMMREQ was received from PLC CPU for an unknown or unregistered BPD User task Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request A mailbox message other than a COMMREQ was received from the PLC CPU for an unknown or unregistered BPD User task Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request PLC Driver timed out after 10 seconds waiting for an expected response from the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request PLC Driver timed out after 10 seconds waiting for an expected response from a BPD User task to a request from the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request PLC Driver timed out after 10 seconds waiting for completion of a multipacket unsolicited transfer from the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number No PLC Fault Table entry for this error PLC Driver has stopped due to a fatal internal error LAN system software fault resuming Error starting internal operating timers Entry 3 contains an internal timer identification code LAN system software fault res
33. Connection ID or Block Transfer ID is not valid Timed out waiting for response from PLC CPU The PLC CPU aborted the request An invalid message type was specified The specified task is not registered The specified mailbox offset is invalid Argument msg_rsp may not be NULL Argument unsol_rsp may not be NULL Parameter pointer is unexpectedly NULL Maximum byte length exceeded for a single transfer Bad sequence number in request Invalid command in request Actual response length size unexpected Service Request Processor in PLC CPU is unavailable No text buffer available 1 Temporarily unable to obtain semaphore try again later 2 PLC CPU is not available 3 Internal resources already allocated on MBU OPEN 4 PLC CPU mail queue is temporarily full try again later 5 Invalid task ID in mailbox message 6 No mailbox communication with PLC CPU 7 Internal resources do not exist for specified task ID 8 Responses still outstanding during attempted MBU close 9 Input mail still outstanding during attempted MBU close 10 Connection still outstanding during attempted MBU close 11 Bad text buffer address in Dual Port memory 12 Invalid interrupt mask 13 Invalid rack number in mailbox message source dest address 14 Invalid slot number in mailbox message source dest address 15 Invalid rack slot in mailbox message source address 16 Invalid number of destinat
34. Driver BPD was not able to process a request from SRTP Server or the corresponding response Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number of the request that failed LAN system software fault resuming An unexpected request was received from the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number of the unexpected request LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming An attempt to allocate a resource failed Entry 3 may contain the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number of the request during which the failure occurred LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to free a resource failed Entry 3 may contain the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number of the request during which the failure occurred LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to abort a request sent to the PLC Driver BPD failed Entry 3 may contain the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number for the request that failed to be aborted GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 61 Table B 11 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Server 17 LAN s
35. Failure No Diagnostics Pass Load 2 Software Load Caused by Request or ve Restart pushbutton pushed until bottom LED turns ON Software yx Software Station Manager LOAD command issued X Load Detection of corrupt software Corrupted 3 Waiting for IP Address Caused by Not configuring Interface using configuration software Configuring Interface with IP address 0 0 0 0 New CPU with no configuration CPU failure to communicate with Interface Waiting for Q Configuration from 4 Continue to Maintenance or Operational Caused by QO PLC CPU IP address received from network BOOTP server max 2 seconds IP address entered by BOOTP Station Manager command 5 Maintenance Request Caused by Restart pushbutton pushed until bottom two LEDs turn ON Station Manager MAINT command issued Fatal System Error while in Operational State forced a restart D IP address 0 0 0 0 Symbols The LEDs are labeled from top to bottom as follows EOK LAN STAT The symbols used for the LEDs are defined as follows O OFF ON X Slow Blink multiple slow blining LEDs blink in unison XK Fast Blink x E O Maintenance e o Maintenance Request or Fatal System Error Maintenance y No Client and server capability disabled Uses default Advanced Parameters Permits changes to Advanced Parameters x Traffic blinks when there is traffic on the line T
36. GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 11 7 12 LTIME Command The LTIME command has the form LTIME This command causes the current login timeout value to be displayed A typical LTIME command is shown below gt ltime Login timeout 10 min The login timeout value can be changed using the CHLTIME command NET Command The NET command has the form NET ON OFF This command causes the MAC task within the Ethernet Interface to either ignore incoming and outgoing Ethernet frames when NET OFF is specified or to accept incoming and outgoing Ethernet frames when NET ON is specified This can be used to remove an Ethernet Interface from the network without the need to physically disconnect it or restart the hardware A typical NET OFF command is shown below net off Interface off network TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G NODE Command The NODE command has the form NODE This command causes the Ethernet Interface sign on message to be printed out on the screen A typical NODE command is shown below gt Node IC693CPU374 Embedded Ethernet Copyright c 2000 2002 All rights reserved Version 1 00 10A2 TCP IP Version 1 00 10A1 Loader Motherboard ID 00 Daughterboard ID 00 IP Address 10 0 0 2 Subnet Mask 255 255 252 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 MAC Address lt lt 0800190063B9 gt gt SNTP Not Configured Station
37. Manager Port Data Rate 9600 Parity NONE Flow Control NONE Source of Soft Switches Factory Default Source of IP Address EEPROM Mar 14 2002 10 56 06 0 Date time initialized from PLC CPU If the Ethernet Interface is not in the Operational state the NODE command displays an additional output that describes the current state OK Command GFK 1186G This command causes the STAT LED to turn ON It has no effect on the contents of the exception log The OK command has the form OK A typical OK command is shown below ok STAT LED modified Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 13 PARM Command The PARM command displays the current value of the advanced user parameters for the specified task s All advanced user parameters for the specified task s are displayed Soft switch configuration parameters for the specified task s are not displayed use the SOSW command to display such parameters The PARM command has the form PARM lt task gt s gt all where lt task gt specifies a task identifier see Table 4 5 A typical PARM command is shown below gt parm i lt lt lt IP Parameters gt gt gt Default Value User Set Value ittl 64 40H ifrag tmr 3 0003H A special form of this command displays all advanced user parameters gt parm all A complete list of all advanced user parameters is provided in Table 6 2 Note The output from this command
38. Monitor Commands for a Style A Station Manager Command Description Display list of commands CHANNEL Display the status of a communication channel DATE Display current date EXS Display Extended Status buffer HELP Display list of commands LOG Display Exception log LOGIN Login to Modify mode LTIME Display login timeout MYNAME Display Network Address Name NAMETBL Display Name Table NODE Display node identification message PARM Display a set of advanced user parameters PROG Display the main PLC logic program name RDNIP This command is reserved ROUTETBL Display routing information SNTP Display SNTP time synchronization information SOSW Display current Soft Switch configuration data STAT Display task s status TALLY Display task s tallies TIME Display current time of day UDIS Reserved on all Ethernet Interfaces XCHANGE Display the status of an Ethernet Global Data exchange Series 90 30 CPU364 only Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table 4 2 Monitor Commands for a Style B Station Manager Command Description ji Display list of commands EGDREAD Display contents of an EGD exchange HELP Display list of commands LOG Display Exception log LOGIN Login to Modify mode LTIME Display login timeout NODE Display node identification message PARM Display a set of advanced user parameters PLCREAD Display contents of PLC
39. OutPDU The number of outgoing SRTP PDUs that were sent InConRp The number of Response SRTP PDUs that have arrived OutSesRq_ The number of Session Request SRTP PDUs that were sent OutDisRq The number of Disconnect Requests that were sent TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table C 4 IP Tallies Tally i Tally Forward The indication of whether this entity is acting as an IP gateway with respect to ipForwarding the forwarding of datagrams DefltTTL The default value inserted into the Time To Live field of the IP ipDefaultTTL header of datagrams originated at this entity InRecv The total number of input datagrams received from interfaces ipInReceives including those received in error InHdrErr The number of input datagrams discarded due to errors in their IP ipInHdrErrors headers InAdrErr The number of input datagrams discarded because the IP address in their IP ipInAddrErrors header s destination field was not a valid address to be received at this entity ForwDgms The number of input datagrams for which this entity was not their ipForwDatagrams final IP destination as a result of which an attempt was made to find a route to forward them to that final destination Not used InUnkPro The number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but ipInUnknownProtos discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol InDiscds The number of input I
40. PLC Note If you must change these parameters record any changes made for future reference If the changes need to be permanent you should create an AUP file in the folder for the PLC A typical CHPARM command is shown below chparm ittl 2 Old value 64 004QH New value 2 0007H Note Use caution when setting any advanced parameter Poor choice of settings may result in degraded Ethernet Interface operation What To Do If You Have Forgotten Your Password GFK 1186G The default Station Manager password is system The current password is required to access the Modify level of the Station Manager If you have forgotten the current password you may determine it by examining the AUP file If no AUP file is in use or the AUP file does not contain an entry for the parameter stpasswd then the default Station Manager password is currently in use If the AUP file contains an entry for stpasswd that entry describes the password currently in use Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 3 CHSOSW Command 7 4 This command can only be executed if there is no hardware configuration stored in the PLC This command changes the value of the backup configuration parameters sometimes called Soft Switches maintained within the Ethernet Interface Configuration parameters are normally supplied by the PLC Programmer configuration software and stored to the PLC CPU for delivery to the Ethernet In
41. Response timeout interval wait for any name 2 00c8H conflicts rresv_seq Default Name Services protocol sequence order of lt lt 1 2 3 0 gt gt tbl ddp dns end precedence 0 end of sequence required 1 name table look up 2 resolve via DDP2 3 resolve via DNS Global Data Parameters parm g es UDP port for control messages 18246 4746H UDP port for point to point messages 18246 4746H A UDP port and group IP address parameter is provided for each of 32 host groups The parameter format for each host group is as follows must be Class D group IP address Series 90 30 IC693CPU364 CPU364 with Ethernet Interface only gt Series 90 70 IC697CMM742 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only 3 Series 90 30 IC693CMM321 FH or later 10 Base T type Ethernet Interface only where XX is an integer value from 01 to 32 GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 25 Configuring Full Duplex Operation on 10Base T Style CMM321 Before setting the module to Full Duplex operation be certain that it is connected directly to a managed hub or switch that is manually configured for full duplex operation on the port connected to the IC693CMM3721 The default setting for the module is Half Duplex The Full Duplex parameter is an advanced user parameter that can only be changed by using the CHPARM Change Parameter command in the Station Manager software built into the Ethernet module s firmware The fo
42. See also Time Synchronization Slot Time in a CSMA CD network Minimum bitrate dependent unit of time which in case of collision is used to determine the delay after which network nodes may attempt to retransmit Slot time for all IEEE 802 3 10 Mbps implementations is 51 2 sec 512 bit times Soft Switches Basic system information set up by the PLC programming software and transferred to the LAN Interface upon powerup or restart Station A computer PLC or other device that connects to one or more networks See also Node Station Address Each node on an Ethernet network must have a unique MAC address which is different from all other nodes on the network This is a 12 digit hexadecimal MAC address See also MAC Address Station Manager A part of the basic Ethernet Interface communications software that executes as a background activity on the Ethernet Interface The Station Manager provides interactive supervisory access to the Ethernet Interface The Station Manager may be accessed locally via the serial port or remotely over the LAN Stratum The number provided by an SNTP server that indicates the server s relation to a true time source The lower the stratum number the closer that particular SNTP server is to a true time source A true time source is usually based on an atomic clock such as the broadcast signal transmitted by the Naval Observatory or GPS Global Positioning System satellite signals If co
43. This fault is NOT written to the Exception log however it is transmitted to the CPU for entry to the PLC Fault Table Entry 3 indicates the correct checksum value Entry 4 indicates the actual computed value GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 9 B 10 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Event 8 PLC Driver events TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 Possible Cause and Resolution This event is logged by the PLC Backplane Driver when an unexpected event occurs Entries 1 and 6 of the event log will be zero For some events Entry 3 usually contains a code uniquely identifying the software component which reported the exception Entries 4 and 5 contain additional information on the event In particular PLC Backplane Driver or Mailbox Utility error status codes may be displayed These BPD MBU error status codes are listed below N wo AGOSTA OANIDHN MN FS WW EE re Oo etl lll etl oer oe os DAUAN The Backplane Driver could not access the PLC CPU Invalid binding on the message sent to the Backplane Driver Message could not be sent because the mailbox was not open Maximum number of transfers to the destination are already active Maximum number of transfers of this transfer type are already active Cannot obtain a Dual Port RAM buffer Cannot obtain resources other than Dual Port RAM buffer
44. User task is already registered for use 0x000a BPD user task or individual transaction was not found 0x000b Transaction rejected sequence number is already in use 0x000c 0x000e Invalid request from BPD user task 0x0020 0x0021 Memory allocation error 0x0022 Error sending mail to PLC CPU 0x0023 Error receiving mail from PLC CPU May be invalid message type 0x0024 Packet sequence error in mail messages received from PLC CPU 0x0025 Error sending mail to PLC CPU unable to obtain shared memory mail queue 0x0026 Error sending mail to PLC CPU unable to send mail command to PLC CPU 0x0027 Timeout waiting for expected response from PLC CPU 0x0028 Timeout waiting for expected response from BPD user task 0x0029 Unexpected response received from PLC CPU the response is discarded 0x002a Timeout waiting to receive entire PLC Request from PLC CPU request is discarded 0x002d PLC CPU has rejected a mail transfer from the Ethernet Interface 0x0030 Commreq mail was received for a BPD user task that does not support Commregqs 0x0041 Unknown Station Manager command was received TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Error Status Definitions for CFG Subsystems The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the CFG subsystem ID 06H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reporte
45. alive timer mechanism This timer is necessary to terminate an SRTP connection that enters a state it cannot exit LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server detected an invalid connection identifier while attempting to process an event Entry 3 contains the connection ID LAN system software fault resuming An invalid command was received by an SRTP Server task Entry 3 contains a code representing the task command received LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to accept an incoming TCP connect request failed Subsequent attempts to establish an SRTP Server connection will fail until the PLC is restarted LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to start a trace on an SRTP Server connection being established has failed LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to receive an SRTP PDU from the remote SRTP endpoint failed The SRTP connection has been terminated LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to send an SRTP PDU to the remote SRTP endpoint failed Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number for the SRTP PDU that failed B 60 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 11 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Server d LAN system software fault resuming events An attemp
46. answer to the ping then the chosen IP address is already in use by another node You must correct this situation by assigning unique IP addresses Note A Style A Station Manager module will not respond to a ping issued from itself to its own IP address A Style B Station Manager module will GFK 1186G Chapter 5 Testing on the Network 5 7 Network Test Data Sheet for Style A Station Manager only Init Node Resp Resp Resp Resp Resp Resp Resp Acceptab Nodel Node2 Node3 Node4 Node5 Node6 Node7 le Rate User s Node N A Description lt lt lt Test Results gt gt gt Node Address N A Frames Sent gt 3e6H Response Recvd Response W Err 0 No Response lt once 40K frames lt lt lt Data Link Tallies gt gt gt Lsap Ofl 0 MacErr 0 BufProb 0 TstRcevd gt 3e6H TstResp gt 3e6H lt lt lt MAC Tallies gt gt gt SQEErr 0 MisdPack 0 RbufErr 0 LateColl 0 LostCarr 0 Frtry 0 lt lt lt Exception Log gt gt gt Event Empty Count Entry s GFK 1186G Chapter 5 Testing on the Network 5 9 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual April 2002 GFK 1186G Chapter Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 This chapter describes how to execute each Style A Station Manager command and interpret its results Symbols Used in the Station Manager Commands
47. clues Failure E Recheck PLC Programmer configuration E Power off baseplate inspect the Interface for loose components reseat the module and Restart E If the problem persists replace the PLC hardware EOK Slowblink B E Winloader attached to CPU LAN Slowblink E Software corrupt E Connect a PC Software Loader and x STAT Slowblink Software load new software See Appendix C a Loader All LEDs blink in unison EOK Slowblink Cc E Did not configure slot using the W Use the PLC Programmer O LAN OFF PLC Programmer configuration software to configure O STAT OFF a E CPU not communicating with the Interface then store the bei for Ethernet Interface configuration to the PLC CPU a are Condition can last a maximum of Power cycle the PLC rom 2 seconds E Clear faults and Restart Interface EOK Slowblink D Interface s IP address has not been M Use the PLC Programmer to configure 0 LAN ON Traffic OFF configured or has been configured the Interface with a non zero IP 0 0 0 0 address STAT Slowblink iti ee ace for IP E Assign IP address over the network ress EOK and STAT blink in unison EOK ON E If the LAN LED is OFF the 0 LAN ON Traffic OFF problem may be 0 STAT ON OFF y Network cable not connected or m Connect cable and transceiver Operational transceiver not connected to Interface or bad transceiver E Network cable not terminated properly If the STAT LED is OFF an excepti
48. cycle or restart When the Ethernet Interface has received configuration parameters from the PLC CPU at the last restart this Station Manager command is prohibited and any previous changes made using it are no longer effective The CHSOSW command is used to change the backup configuration parameters used by the Ethernet Interface when configuration has not been received Whenever the Ethernet Interface receives configuration from the PLC CPU it replaces the configuration parameters always overriding any user set values Changes made by the CHSOSW command do not take effect until the Ethernet Interface is restarted or power cycled Such changes will then remain until a new configuration is supplied to the Ethernet Interface by the PLC Programmer configuration software The CHSOSW command has the form CHSOSW lt sosw data gt def A typical set of sosw data selections is ip_address lt dotted decimal IP address gt subnet_mask lt dotted decimal subnet mask gt gateway lt dotted decimal default gateway address gt name_server lt dotted decimal DNS name server address gt pl_data_rate 300160011200124001480019600119200138400 p2_data_rate 300160011200124001480019600119200138400 pl_parity NONEIODDIEVEN p2_parity NONEIODDIEVEN pl_stop_bits 112 p2_stop_bits 112 p1_flow_controll NONEIHARDWAREISOFTWARE p2_flow_controll NONEIHARDWAREISOFTWARE pl_turna_delay NONEI1011001500 1 p2_turna_delay NONEI10110015
49. data for the EGD shared memory interface to the PLC It is possible for the data in the interface not to be scanned into reference tables used by the application if for example the PLC is not in run mode The output of the command is a hexadecimal dump of the requested data in bytes Each line of up to 16 bytes also has the ASCII representation of the data bytes displayed to right of the hexadecimal dump of the data with a dot used for non printable ASCII characters A typical EGDREAD command is shown below egdread 10 10 10 11 Produced exchange 10 10 10 1 1 offset 0 length 32 aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa ee ee eee wees aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa aa eee ee eee wees EGDWRITE Command 7 6 The EGDWRITE command has the form EGDWRITE lt producerID gt lt exchangeID gt lt offset gt lt new data value gt lt new data value gt This command puts the value s specified in lt new data value gt into the memory of the EGD exchange specified by lt producerID gt and lt exchange ID gt starting at the offset specified in lt offset gt The lt producerID gt parameter should be expressed in dotted decimal notation the exchange ID should be expressed as a number An error will be displayed if the producer ID exchange ID or the offset is not valid for the PLC if the data specified would be cause writing beyond the boundaries of the exchange or if the new data values are not valid numeri
50. discarded request A PDU arrived with an invalid pdu_type field code Entry 3 contains the value of the pdu_type field Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 63 Table B 11 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code 28 Bad remote application request discarded request A PDU arrived with a non zero data_length field but was of a class of PDU s which must have zero 0 in this field Entry 3 contains the PDU s type code Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H Entry 4 contains the lower 16 bits of the data_length field 29 Bad remote application request discarded request An Error Request PDU arrived from a remote SRTP endpoint The SRTP connection will be terminated Entry 3 contains the error code in the Error Request PDU 2a LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to shutdown SRTP Server failed 2b Bad remote application request discarded request A valid SRTP PDU arrived but the SRTP Server does not support handling it Entry 3 contains the value of the pdu_type field Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H 2c LAN system software fault resuming An error occurred in establishing internal event processing 2d LAN system software fault resuming An error occurred trying to terminate t
51. errors and undetected data corruption 5 Once this change is made the Ethernet Interface module must be restarted before Full Duplex mode can take effect so press the Ethernet Restart pushbutton on the Ethernet Interface module After the restart the FDX LED will be illuminated and Full Duplex communications will be performed 6 26 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L Configuring Half Duplex Operation on 10Base T Style CMM321 If the module is configured in the Full Duplex mode see previous section above you can change it back to its default value of Half Duplex by using the following procedure Refer to GFK 1186 the TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual for additional information on using Station Manager 1 Connect the Ethernet Interface module s Station Manager port to your computer s serial port using cable IC693CBL3 16 2 Start HyperTerminal by clicking Start then Programs then Accessories then HyperTerminal 3 You must enter the Station Manager s Maintenance State in order to change a parameter Enter Maintenance State by holding in the Ethernet Interface module s Restart pushbutton until the module s bottom two LEDs turn ON The HyperTerminal screen should look like the following the asterisk is the HyperTerminal prompt lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt Invoked due to MAINT command 4 At the prompt asterisk type in the foll
52. fault Diagnostic exception log events are listed below Undefined Fail Enet HW Fail Enet RAM Fail SMI Init Fail SMI Diag Fail Enet CRC Fail MAC Addr Fail CRC Bad MAC Addr MII PHY Fail PHY T O Fail Serial Failure Ethernet Failure Runtime Failure B 48 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 4 Powerup Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event 1 This event is logged on every initialization of the Ethernet Interface This event indicates the boundaries between restarts As restarts are not necessarily error conditions this event does not change the STAT LED this event is not reported to the PLC Fault Table Entry 2 is always zero Entries 5 and 6 are not used Powerup events Powerup events do not use a SCode status value Entry 3 indicates the condition that caused the system initialization to occur 0 Normal power up 1 Restart via Ethernet Restart pushbutton 2 Preemptive restart via Ethernet Restart pushbutton when a previous restart attempt did not complete 3 Station Manager restart request 4 Automatic restart after changing MAC address 5 Automatic restart due to system error see preceding exception log event 7 Automatic restart after firmware update completion 8 Restart after power failure c Automatic restart due to Ethernet watchdog timer expiration
53. fault resuming Internal error The Channel API detected the improper internal use of a NULL pointer to a channel machine LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A Channel API event arrived in a channel machine state that is not intended to handle the event Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains a code uniquely identifying the event Valid event codes are TCP_DATA_RDY TCP_ERROR TCP_CONN_OK TCP_FIN_RCVD TCP_USER_RESET TCP_CONN_IND TCP_OKTOSND BPX_FRESH_DATA BPX_WR_DATA_ACK CMD_EC TIMER_INTERVAL TIMER_TIMEOUT XFER_ERROR END_OF_SWEEP UPDATE_WAIT_EXPIRE Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to write to the user specified reference address to be used to hold the COMMREQ Status Word failed internally Entry 3 contains the CRS word value to be written Entry 4 contains the Segment Selector of the reference addressed Entry 5 contains the zero based Offset of the reference address 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b d e f GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 31 B 32 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event Ic Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Channel API 7 LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming events Internal error An attempt to set a timer failed Entry 3 con
54. for a Logon request Entry 3 contains the response message type Entry 4 contains the response message sequence number The details are found in the Scode value returned from the BPD subsystem LAN system software fault resuming An error response was returned from the CPU for a Get Date Time request Entry 3 contains the response message type Entry 4 contains the response message sequence number The details are found in the Scode value returned from the BPD subsystem LAN system software fault resuming An error response was returned from the CPU for a Get Program Name request Entry 3 contains the response message type Entry 4 contains the response message sequence number The details are found in the Scode value returned from the BPD subsystem LAN system software fault resuming An invalid value was used for the Data Rate Parity or Flow Control configuration parameters for serial port Entry 3 contains an internal error code Entry 4 contains the invalid value LAN system software fault resuming An internal system error occurred while a Task was attempting to enter or exit a critical region The details are found in the Scode value B 52 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 5 Configuration Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued Configuration 26 LAN sys
55. is executing its Network Station Manager Terminal Feature Refer to the GSM chapter in any of the following manuals for details TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual GF K 1004 MMS Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual GFK 0868 OSI Ethernet Communications for Series 15 and Series 16 CNCs User s Manual GF K 0706 Note Style B Station Manager modules do not support the GSM Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Inc GFK 1186G Chapter 2 Accessing the Station Manager 2 3 2 4 Remote Operation of the Station Manager The Station Manager commands can be invoked over the network from other Series 90 PLC Ethernet Interfaces or GE Fanuc CNC OSI Ethernet Interfaces by using the REM command When invoked remotely the Station Manager software processes the command as if it had been entered from a device attached to the serial port but automatically directs output from the command over the LAN to the station which issued the request There is no indication on the local Station Manager terminal if attached when a remote command is being processed Note Both the local and remote access share the same security level See the LOGIN and LOGOUT command descriptions Note Style B Station Manager modules do not support the remote station manager operation using a MAC address and thus cannot be accessed remotely from GE Fanuc CNC OSI Ethernet Interfaces TCP IP Ethe
56. limitations Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0AOOH 0001H The lower byte of Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection the upper byte contains TCP flags TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to bind a remote TCP IP endpoint to a TCP connection failed because a connection was already open to that endpoint Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H Entry 5 is the local TCP port number Entry 6 is the TCP port number on the remote node B 22 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 12 Entry 2 codes Continued TCP events 14 LAN system software fault resuming Continued Internal error A memory allocation error occurred while attempting to open a server connection requested by a remote node Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H Entry 5 is the local TCP port number Entry 6 is the TCP port number on the remote node LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An error occurred whi
57. may scroll off the screen Style B Station Manager Advanced User Parameters There are no advanced user parameters for tasks h j n u and v Time values are in number of 10 ms units unless otherwise specified Buffer sizes are in number of bytes unless otherwise specified TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table 7 2 Style B Station Manager Advanced User Parameters Parameter Description Valid Range Default value System Memory Parameters task b staudp Remote Station Manager UDP port 0 65535 ffffH 18245 4745H stpasswd Station Manager password visible from MODIFY only 0 10 chars case system PLC Driver Parameters task c sensitive no spaces crsp_tout Response timeout for backplane requests ARP Parameters task f 10 3600 e10H 16 10H fflush ARP cache timeout interval in seconds Ethernet Global Data Parameters task g 0 604800 93a80h 600 0258h gctl_port UDP port for EGD control messages 0 65535 ffffH 7937 1f01H gdata_port UDP port for point to point unicast EGD messages 0 65535 ffffH 18246 4746H gbcast_ttl IP time to live for global broadcast messages hop count 0 255 OOffH 1 1H gucast_ttl IP time to live for point to point unicast messages hop count 0 255 OOffH 16 10H gp_phase Production phase for produced exchanges in milliseconds 0 255 OOffH
58. number of lost mailbox entries Entry 5 contains the number of lost mail data entries Entry 5 not used by Series 90 70 LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request Unable to allocate dual port memory all dual port memory is already in use May occur when a remote SRTP host attempts to establish connection to this Ethernet Interface or when starting Ethernet Global Data exchanges Use fewer server connections or reduce the size and or number of Ethernet Global Data exchanges Entry 3 contains the MBU error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error Attempt to free a dual port memory buffer that is out of range Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error Attempt to free a dual port memory buffer that is not allocated GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 13 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 8 Entry 2 codes Continued PLC Driver events 28 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Continued Internal error Unable to free dual port memory Entry 3 contains the MBU error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request A requested o
59. obtain the modify prompt using the LOGIN command To do this you must know the current password The default password is system lower case characters If you want to change the password or if you have forgotten the password when using a Style A Station Manager follow the appropriate procedure under the CHPARM STPASSWD command in Chapter 6 7 Command Descriptions For modules using the Style B Station Manager use the AUP file To log in type from the gt prompt LOGIN lt RET gt The password prompt will then be displayed Password Type in the current password and press Enter If the entered password matches the current password for the station the modify prompt is displayed The password is case sensitive and special characters such as backspace will become part of the password One may execute all Monitor and Modify commands with the exception of the CHPARM and CHSOSW commands from the Modify prompt The CHPARM and CHSOSW commands can be executed only in the Maintenance state for modules using the Style A Station Manager inthe absence of a configuration from the PLC If no commands are executed within 10 minutes the Modify login will time out and you will have to login again This 10 minute timeout between commands can be changed if desired by using the CHLTIME command Note The security feature is intended to prevent inadvertent misuse of the Modify commands It is not a fo
60. of Soft Switches PLC Configuration Source of IP Address Configuration GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 21 7 22 STAT Command The STAT command has the form STAT lt task s gt where lt task s gt is one or more task identification letters from Table 4 5 This command causes the current status of the task or tasks specified by the task identification letters to be displayed An example STAT command is shown below gt stat v lt lt lt SRTP Server Status gt gt gt Endpoint STOPP Command Task 32 33 34 35 State ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED ESTABLISHED The STOPP command has the form STOPP Num Requests Client Address This command causes an active PING sequence to stop immediately and to print the results of the terminated test It is used to terminate a long running PING sequence An example STOPP command is shown below stopp lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 8 Received 8 No Timely Response Command Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 1 10 Note The ping was aborted via stopp 0 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G TALLY Command The TALLY command has the form TALLY lt task s gt where lt task s gt is one or more task identification letters from Table 4 3 This command causes the current value of the tallie
61. of a given exchange This is a monitor level command and has the following format XCHANGE lt producer ID gt lt exchange ID gt where lt producer ID gt and lt exchange ID gt are used to uniquely identify an Ethernet Global Data exchange The producer ID and exchange ID values for all defined exchanges may be displayed by using the STAT G command A typical XCHANGE command is shown below gt xchange 1 2 3 4 1 lt lt lt Individual Exchange Information gt gt gt Exch Mode PRODUCER Producer ID 1 2 3 4 Exchange ID 1 Period 1000 ms UDP Port 5500 Xfer Bytes 2 Exch Type STATIC Dest IP 10 16 32 145 Transfer Cnt 43 Refresh Errs 0 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Chapter Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions This chapter describes how to execute each Style B Station Manager command and interpret its results Symbols Used in the Station Manager Commands In the descriptions below symbols are used to denote options or alternatives in the command parameters These symbols are used to help give a clear and complete description of the command and are not part of the command The use of these symbols is briefly described below Arguments to commands are often given symbolic names that are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt For example lt TASK gt is an argument to many commands The command specification for lt TASK gt is de
62. one Mina nie han Rinne 6 20 MAINT Commanden iE oc EE E EAE ETAETA 6 20 MYNAME Command aocorertresiesierr ae ae er ETE AREE RA e E a 6 20 NAMETBE ommada ia EE E EAE EA EA E E A 6 21 NET Command on idan aie aii r 6 21 NODE Command ocsiccccrciscccisiscaees sts seaieiaeestes secdabatesdelbaaee A EE A Sa 6 22 OK Command aaee ee iee inate a enh ods ra aE 6 22 PARM Command aa a a ihe cae Balan ie ne an ete Roars 6 23 Style A Station Manager Advanced User Parameters 0 eeseesceseeeseeeeeeeeneeeneeenes 6 24 PING Command s E E A diana ne Mann A Ar 6 28 PROG Command eie a eE EE E EEEE 6 28 RDNIP Command Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only sssseesssessesessseee 6 29 REM Command neniinni aaea aE Er EE E EEEE 6 29 REPORT Commande ariere eea AEEA ETE A EE A GAE a EER EEE 6 30 REPP Command ena ea NANG R T 6 31 RESOLVE Command e a a ran a EAE TA A cbeteiddgestaascuelaias 6 32 RESTART COMMANA haan hin AEE nen 6 32 ROUTETBL Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type DY ONIY vc iaees e leant a a eet Leanne Se aaa eee aes 6 33 SNTP Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 ONY sos esses cen ad A aint dasa Aa es ee its heresies 6 34 SOS W Command recede decors fos deeeties Aa E eR fe schadeeba a eaaa Peers dabeetucsh ede cat ees 6 35 STAT COMMA a ee eid a NA eae UA A EE 6 36 STOPP Command cs eee eee dees clas vs eee arere todos eent Sesar E SIETE ORnet oks Sona SaR 6 36 STOPT
63. one collision TxMulCol Number of transmitted packets that saw multiple collisions TxDefer Number of packets whose transmission was delayed due to the medium being busy TxLatCol Number of packets that experienced a late collision more than 512 bit times into the transmission TxExcCol Number of packets that were not transferred due to excessive collisions TxFrmDsc Number of packets that were discarded due to lack of output space within the switch TxPause Number of PAUSE frames transmitted by the port RxShort Number of packets received that were less than 64 bytes RxPause Number of times a PAUSE frame was received by the port RxLong Number of packets received whose length was greater than 1522 RxJabber Number of times a jabber condition was detected by the receiver RxAlign Number of packets received with a non integral number of bytes RxFcsErr Number of packets received with a checksum error RxDrop Number of packets dropped in the receiver due to lack of space in the switch RxSaChng Number of times the source address of packets changed RxFrgmnt Number of packets received that were less than 64 bytes RxExcSiz Number of packets received that were greater than 1537 bytes RxSymErr Number of times an invalid symbol was encountered in the data stream Table C 24 ARP Tallies task f Tally Description none TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK
64. receive obtains aborted Busy BUSY commands received from PLC Idle IDLE commands received from PLC Artbeats HEARTBEAT commands received from PLC ClrDbCfg CFG_BD_CFG commands received from PLC FactCmd Factory Test commands received from PLC FactRsp Factory Test responses sent to PLC EgdProd EGD_PROD_CMP commands received from PLC UnknCmd Unknown commands received from PLC HpAlloc Shared memory heap buffer allocations HpFree Shared memory heap buffer frees DblFree Shared memory heap buffer double frees TableC 21 SRTP Server Tallies task v Tally Description InPDU Total SRTP PDUs received good and bad from network OutPDU Total SRTP PDUs sent to network BadPDU Bad PDUs received from network InConRq Connect Request PDUs received from network OutConRp Connect Response PDUs sent to network InDatRq Data and Session Request PDUs received from network OutDatRp Data Response PDUs sent to network InUncRq Unconfirmed Request PDUs received from network OutUncRq_ Unconfirmed Request PDUs sent to network InErrRq Error Request PDUs received from network OutErrRq Error Request PDUs sent to network InDisRq Disconnect requests received from network OutDisRq Disconnect requests sent to network InSesRq Session Request PDUs received from network OpenTO SRTP connections timed out in OPENING state Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 14 Table C
65. refer to Appendix C Tally Descriptions for meaning of the tally data GFK 1186G Chapter 5 Testing on the Network 5 5 Performing a Ping Test PING Packet InterNet Grouper is the name of a program used on TCP IP networks to test reachability of destinations by sending them an ICMP echo request message and waiting for a reply Most nodes on TCP IP networks including all Series 90 Ethernet Interfaces whether supporting Style A or Style B Station Manager implement a ping command Ping can reach remote IP networks through routers and gateways unlike the TEST command which may not operate over certain routers and gateways Ping is restricted to testing communication to a single remote node The user should ping each installed Ethernet Interface When the Ethernet Interface responds to the ping it verifies that the interface is operational and configured with proper TCP IP parameters Pinging the Interface from a UNIX host or a PC Running TCP IP Software The ping can be executed from a UNIX host or PC running TCP IP since most TCP IP communications software provides a ping command or from another Ethernet Interface When using a PC or UNIX host the user can refer to the documentation for the ping command but in general all that is required is the IP address of the remote host as a parameter to the ping command For example at the command prompt type ping 10 0 0 1 Pinging the Interface Using the Station Manager PING Comma
66. resuming Internal software error reserve channel number failed B 38 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 1f This event is logged by the Modbus TCP Server module when an exceptional condition Modbus TCP occurs Entry 1 will always be zero Server Entry 2 contains a code unique to each type of unexpected event Entry 3 contains a events code identifying the Modbus TCP Server software component which logged the event Entries 4 5 and 6 identify additional information specific to the type of event described in entry 2 Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error QCreate failed to create a queue header LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error Failed to QAlloc a buffer Entry 4 contains the buffer size in bytes LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error Failed to PoolAlloc a buffer pool LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error Failed to BuffAlloc a buffer Entry 4 contains the buffer size in bytes LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An endpoint identifier other than that of the parent has appeared in a context in which a parent endpoint is expected Entry 4 contain
67. simply as password characters Passwords are limited to 8 characters and all characters after the eighth are ignored Unlike other inputs the password does not need to be enclosed with double quotes to achieve case sensitivity The factory default password is system lower case It may be changed by using the CHPARM STPASSWD command Note There is a special variation of the LOGIN command that must be used in conjunction with the REM remote command to login on a remote system Refer to the REM command for a discussion of this variation LOGOUT Command The LOGOUT command has the form LOGOUT This command causes the secure login to be terminated Any Modify commands entered after the logout will receive an error message Logging out causes the login timeout value to return to 10 minutes A typical LOGOUT command is shown below logout Logged out GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 19 s LTIME Command The LTIME command has the form LTIME This command causes the current login timeout value to be displayed A typical LTIME command is shown below gt ltime Login timeout 10 min The login timeout value can be changed using the CHLTIME command MAINT Command The MAINT command has the form MAINT This command causes the Ethernet Interface to restart and then enter the Maintenance State A typical MAINT command is shown below maint Restarting module into Maintenanc
68. the LAN LED is OFF the problem may be E Network cable not connected or transceiver not connected to Interface or bad transceiver E Network cable not terminated properly E SQE not enabled on transceiver If the STAT LED is OFF an exception condition has occurred E Connect cable and transceiver properly Replace transceiver Terminate network cable properly E Set SQE ON on transceiver in accord with manufacturer s instructions E Examine PLC Fault Table to find out why the STAT LED is OFF Identify the PLC fault message using PLC Programmer then refer to Table 3 4 for corrective actions 3 10 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G States of the Series 90 30 CPU374 Ethernet Interface 1 The Ethernet Interface is initialized by Powering up the PLC Storing a new configuration to the PLC with changes for the Ethernet Interface Ethernet Interface Pressing the Restart pushbutton Q Initializing 1 Issuing a Station Manager RESTART command Internal System Error occurring when Interface is Operational approx 2 6 seconds A Diagnostios O Hardware Pass O Failure Load Request or Software Corrupted 2 Software Load Caused by Detection of corrupt software Software Load Xe be X Load request from Win Loader 3 Waiting for IP Address Caused by Not configuring Interface using configuration s
69. the TCP state of the connection the upper byte contains TCP flags TCP state values are 1 CLOSED 2 LISTEN 3 SYN SENT 4 SYN RECEIVED 5 ESTABLISHED 6 FIN WAIT 1 7 FIN WAIT 2 8 CLOSE WAIT 9 LAST ACK a CLOSING b TIME WAIT Connection to remote node failed resuming This error is reported when a TCP connection has been aborted The TCP layer has retransmitted a segment the maximum number of times and the remote host has failed to ACK the segment Check network connectivity and the remote host s operational status Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H Entry 5 is the number of retransmissions Connection to remote node failed resuming This error is reported when a connection has been aborted after the remote host failed to respond to keep alive probes Check network connectivity and the remote host s operational status Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f Connection to remote node failed resuming This error is reported when a SYN has arrived in an improper state If the error persists verify that applications are using proper IP addresses and that the remote host is not experiencing resource
70. the load the longer it takes for the commands to execute Under extremely high load conditions this can include the loss of input or output characters especially when using a serial connection to the Station Manager Under extreme load you may find the Station Manager unable to process commands until the load is removed Station Manager Security GFK 1186G The Station Manager commands are divided into two groups Monitor commands Modify commands The Monitor commands provide information about the Ethernet Interface and the network Executing these commands will not affect the operation of the Ethernet Interface or the network and they are available to anyone using the Station Manager See Table 4 1 for a list of Monitor commands The Modify commands perform functions that may change the operation of the Ethernet Interface and the network These commands are secure and may only be executed when the secure level of operation has been selected by logging in with the current password or while in the Maintenance state These commands will be printed in italics in this manual See the LOGIN command description and see Table 4 2 for a list of Modify commands Using the Monitor Commands 4 2 All of the Monitor commands can be executed from either the Monitor gt prompt or the Modify 66 prompt To display a list of the Monitor commands on the screen type gt HELP lt RET gt or gt lt RET gt Table 4 1
71. there is a temporary heavy burst of network traffic 10e LAN controller underrun overrun resuming During receiving the MAC was unable to write data into memory quickly enough This indicates a transient LAN Interface hardware failure it should not occur The frame being received is discarded Online operation continues If the problem persists replace the LAN Interface 10f LAN network problem exists performance degraded Excessive backlog of transmission requests due to excessive traffic on the network For a sustained period the MAC was unable to send frames as quickly as requested 110 Bad local Application Request discarded request The LLC rejected a local application request to send a frame because the frame length was invalid IEEE 802 3 frames must not exceed 1497 bytes of LLC data Ethernet frames must contain 46 1500 bytes of LLC data 111 LAN severe network problem attempting recovery A frame was received in which the Source Address was the same as this station s MAC Address All stations on a network must have a unique MAC address Immediately isolate the offending station it may be necessary to turn it off or disconnect it from the network This station remains Online unless you intervene to take it Offline 121 Series 90 30 PLC CPU364 Ethernet Interface LAN controller fuse blown off network The AAUI port fuse FU1 on the LAN Controller board which protects the PLC Power Supply from overlo
72. to Chapter 5 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual Tally Counters kept by the LAN Interface to indicate load and performance information TCP IP Commonly refers to the entire suite of protocols that run over IP Includes but is not limited to IP TCP ARP UDP ICMP and IGMP Time Synchronization The ability to synchronize the internal time clock of an Ethernet Interface to time signals from a remote time server on the network Time synchronization is useful in conjunction with Ethernet Global Data Topology The pattern formed by the physical medium interconnecting the nodes of a network Transceiver See Medium Attachment Unit MAU Transceiver Cable See Attachment Unit Interface AUD Transmission Control Protocol TCP The Internet standard connection oriented transport level protocol See also Internet Protocol IP Transmission Path Delay The time required for a bit to travel between the two most distant network nodes in a bus network Type A Station Manager The Station Manager type used with the CMM321 CMM742 and CPU364 modules Type B Station Manager The Station Manager type used with the CPU374 module Unicast The transmission scheme in which exactly one receiver is specified as the target of a transmission Universal Address Administration See Global Address Administration User Datagram Protocol UDP The Internet standard connect
73. when the response schedule time elapses before the corresponding Echo Response arrives Late Stray Responses indicates the number of times an Echo Response arrived outside of the response schedule of its corresponding Echo Request or when a stray Echo Response not corresponding to any recent Echo Request arrives The line beginning Round trip indicates the minimum average and maximum delay in units of milliseconds measured between sending an Echo Request and receiving the corresponding Echo Response Note that these times use 10 millisecond granularity In the example the PING required less than 10 milliseconds to complete so zero values are reported GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 19 RESTART Command The RESTART command has the form RESTART The RESTART command causes the Ethernet Interface to be restarted without causing the software to be reloaded It has the same effect as pressing the Restart pushbutton on the front edge of the Ethernet Interface quickly less than 5 seconds Any data transfer between the Series 90 PLC and the network at the time the RESTART command is entered is permanently lost A typical RESTART command is shown below restart Restarting Module SNTP Command Unlike the Style A Station Manage Style B Station Manager does not have an SNTP command Use the STAT N command to get the information that is displayed by a Style A Station Manager in t
74. with PLC fault lost request Backplane driver s attempt to send a message to the PLC CPU failed Entry 3 indicates the error status code returned See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 on LAN system software fault resuming Backplane driver could not find a state machine for an unsolicited message LAN system software fault resuming Backplane driver could not find a state machine for a response message Not reported to PLC Fault Table Backplane driver detected that the CPU firmware revision is too low for some requested operations CPU firmware must be upgraded to permit full functionality Entry 4 indicates your CPU s firmware revision level while Entry 5 indicates the revision level needed for proper operations LAN system software fault resuming Backplane driver is unable to send I O Scanner Response message to the PLC CPU Entry 3 indicates the error status code returned See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 15 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event c This event is logged when the LLC layer encounters an unexpected condition LLC events Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 102 LAN transceiver fault OFF network until fixed Either the Transceiver or Trans
75. 0 data bytes unrecognized protocol ID in message 1 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later only Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 7 C 8 Table C 12 Name Resolution Tallies Tally r DeregReq DDP Deregistrations attempted DDPDeregitationsatemped S BrwNoRsp DDP Browse Response not received CnflctRx DDP Conflict PDM received CnflctTx DDP Conflict PDM sent DNSreqTx DNS Request sent DNSrspRx DNS Response received DNSnoRsp DNS Response not received Table C 13 Modbus TCP Server Layer Tallies Tally s Tally InPDU The number of new incoming Modbus TCP PDUs that have arrived OutPDU The number of outgoing Modbus TCP PDUs that were sent BadPDU The number of incoming Modbus TCP PDUs that contained an error such as invalid function code invalid message length message too long invalid PLC address invalid data length for the destination memory type or invalid data for the destination memory type InConRq The number of connection requests that have arrived OutConRp The number of connection responses that were sent l Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later only TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 14 UDP Tallies Tally u InDatagm Number of incoming datagrams validated and accepted by the UDP stack NoPorts Number of incolming datagrams discarded by the UDP stack because the destination UDP ports were n
76. 00 pl_timeout LONGIMEDIUMISHORTINONE 1 p2_timeout LONGIMEDIUMISHORTINONEB Use chsosw def to set all values to default pl_ above implies the Station Manager port p2_ the Software Loader port All parameters are converted to lower case unless within quotes A typical CHSOSW command is shown below CHSOSW ip address 10 0 0 1 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G CHTIME Command Not recommended if the Ethernet Interface obtains the correct time from the PLC CPU The CHTIME command has the form CHTIME lt HH MM SS gt where lt HH gt is an hour in the range 0 23 lt MMs gt is an optional minute in the range 0 59 which defaults to 0 lt SS gt is an optional second in the range 0 59 which defaults to 0 This command sets the current system time to the value specified If an invalid time is entered the current time is not changed Leading zeros do not need to be entered when entering the new time value Time changes remain in effect until the Ethernet Interface is powered up or restarted This command affects only the Ethernet Interface it does not alter the time kept in the PLC CPU Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only If the Ethernet Interface is configured to use Network Time Synchronization this command is allowed only if the module is not synchronized with a network time server A typical CHTIME command is shown below chti
77. 009 Unable to send service request to local PLC CPU 0x800a Recognized but unsupported SRTP PDU was received 0x800b SRTP transaction was lost service request was not completed 0x800c Error sending SRTP PDU to remote device on network Error Status Definitions for EGD Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the EGD subsystem ID 0aH Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 10 SCode Error Status Definitions for EGD Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0003 Unknown Station Manager command was received 0x0004 Error obtaining Advanced User Parameter data Error Status Definitions for UTL Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the UTL subsystem ID ObH Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 11 SCode Error Status Definitions for UTL Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0001 Memory allocation error or other general resource error May also be operating system resource error 0x0006 Unknown Station Manager command was received E 6 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G A A Command descriptions 6 1 Abbreviations and Acronyms A 2 Accessing the Station Manager 2 2 Acronyms and Abbreviations A 2 Advanced User Pa
78. 2 W wackdelay 6 24 Waiting for configuration from PLC 3 8 3 10 3 12 Waiting for IP address 3 8 3 10 3 12 Waiting for IP address state 4 10 winput_q 6 24 wmax_conn 6 24 wmax_to 6 24 wmin_to 6 24 wpersist 6 24
79. 22 Ethernet Global Data Tallies task g Tally Description EstConRq Establish Global Data connection area requests received from PLC EstConRp Establish Global Data connection area replies sent to PLC ConnRdy Global Data connection area is ready messages received from PLC EnabOut Enable production requests received from PLC DisabOut Disable production requests received from PLC TermRq Terminate Global Data connection area requests received from PLC TermRp Terminate Global Data connection area replies sent to PLC DataRx Global Data production packets received from network DataTx Global Data production packets sent to network RdRqRcv CMP Read requests received from network RdRpSnt CMP Read replies sent to network WrRqRcv CMP Write requests received from network WrRpSnt CMP Write replies sent to network RdRqSnt CMP Read requests sent to network RdRpRcv CMP Read replies received from network WrRqSnt CMP Write requests sent to network WrRpRcv CMP Write replies received from network CfRqRcv CMP Retrieve Configuration requests received from network CfRpSnt CMP Retrieve Configuration replies sent to network SmRqRcv CMP Summary requests received from network SmRpSnt CMP Summary replies sent to network CpRqRcv CMP Capabilities requests received from network CpRpSnt CMP Capabilities replies sent to
80. 3 14 Tasks for Modules Using Style B Station Manager ee cesceseceseceseceeeeseeees 3 15 Exception Oo 2 2 cots le lacs ca cce tral Rane exec e a ee ch a tear eee MRA cate 3 16 When the STAT LED is OF Bisse s ccg cctegyessescsg vcdeeg hodasonte E a betagnede metas 3 17 When the STAT LED ISON erue a ae a E a EE ncaa 3 18 Troubleshooting Using the PLC Fault Table oo eee eeeesseesseceneeeneecaecnsecnseenseenseeees 3 19 What to do if you Cannot Solve the Problem eee eeseceseeseecnsecnsecnseceseceeeeseeeeaeen 3 22 How to use the Station Manager ccscssssccssssccsssscssssssssscsssssssssssssesssssnesees 4 1 Station Manager SOCUIIEY 2i cesve ceseeaeds seSicbendecanns EEE ESEE EEEE aae Ee 4 1 Using the MonitorCommandS senean i a e aas 4 2 Useful Monitor Commands for Network Troubleshooting cee ceeeeeeeeeeeereeereeeneee 4 3 Using the Modify Commands cee ceecssesseecsseceseesseeeseessneesneeeaeeeneeeaaecsaecsaessaeenaaes 4 4 Datesand Fineness men Sense eek eh wed eden sieht ee each ees 4 7 Station Manager Command Syntax 0 cee cecesecssecesecsseceseeeseeeseeeseeeeseecaeeeaaeeeaeeeaeeeaaecnaees 4 8 Pask Ident catwon c f chests aciet ibe tive T E 4 8 Display Data Representation c cece a E R N 4 9 Nutietic Values iii esas eed ho Sted ages ei ek a Ae 4 9 Byte String Valte rooe oersten ore vt sedens ERE EEEa OERE T nase EEE TESS 4 9 PAd S SE S r a a e a A A 4 9 Station Manager Operation in Different Ethernet I
81. 5 CHDATE Commandin e A E e E i EE a e E E e out toees 6 6 CHETIME Command 32 35 necnetat cits detains cd betel O ES Ea 6 6 CHMY NAME Command Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only 0 eeeeesceeneeeeeeeees 6 7 CHNAMETBL Command Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only eee eeeeeeseeeeeeeees 6 8 CHPARM Conimand sisas oinaan hed ee ee A RA lia a eae 6 9 What To Do If You Have Forgotten Your Password cescessseessecseceseceeceeeeseeees 6 10 CHSNTP Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 OMY erudite ret teedes ered coheed enhanc ve ee eae 6 11 CHSOSW Command exceed ees tee eA EE AE enn ive Wathen eee eee 6 12 CH TIME Command aeniea citeen nian hal aes 6 13 CLEAR Command 34 4c san Gained a ae ee el Ge Ne ees 6 13 DATE Command i2 iiscctebetecesieivecteiacoreeleiabeelebeioetabe digest sacaetieadecweoptsdsesesbiocesbebsleetstedageests 6 14 EXS Command ico acti cin een RGA Re i ol E EEE he eee ea 6 14 HELP Command nt scenietaisiienst el EEE i ates ante aa 6 15 KILLMS Command Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH and later only 6 16 KILESS Command a n tote TR oS eh aes tee BL EE EIA 6 16 EQAD Command eai ae ati ERa nines ete el ae th ei ean ein nae 6 17 LOG Command sss caddie iad ee Ah ea a aan A as 6 18 LOGIN Command rassen a ia TAREE adeees tl AAT i ied 6 19 LOGOUT Command aet eee tae hee oes aed as as ashes hs Ag A ee E i 6 19 E TIME Command o2 nisint onninini aden Mie
82. A severe network fault prevented transmission of a frame for more than one second See Exception Log Event c Entry 2 10b BufProb A received LLC frame was lost due to the inability of the LLC software to acquire a system buffer This may indicate a memory configuration problem or a temporary overload of traffic at the station Number of 802 3 frames received and discarded because the LLC control field is invalid TstRevd Number of test frames received TstResp Number of test frame responses sent Number of frames received which had a padding and the padding was more than 48 bytes C 6 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 10 MAC Layer Tallies part of Tally I Tally Number of times the SQE test failed On a 10 Base T network this indicates missing link pulses The number of incoming packets detected with a CRC error The number of times the next buffer was unavailable while receiving a chained data packet Table C 11 Modbus TCP Channel API Layer Tallies Tally m Tally InPDU The number of new incoming Modbus TCP PDUs that have arrived OutPDU The number of outgoing Modbus TCP PDUs that were sent BadPDU The number of incoming Modbus TCP PDUs that contained an error such as invalid function code invalid message length message too long response received doesn t match request issued response doesn t contain correct number of data bytes or
83. A typical LOAD command is shown below load Forcing software load GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 17 s LOG Command 6 18 This command prints entries from the exception log Log entries remain in the log until they are explicitly cleared by using the CLEAR LOG command or until they are overwritten by more recent data For the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only the exception log is also cleared when power is removed from the Ethernet Interface The log is maintained as a circular list where new data overwrites the oldest data in the list An arrow points to the most recently logged event Refer to Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions for a complete explanation of each log event The LOG command has the form LOG A typical LOG command is shown below gt log lt lt lt Exception Log gt gt gt Log initialized using valid RAM information Log last cleared 11 APR 1995 17 24 13 2 Date Time Event Count Entry 12 APR 1995 00 00 00 0 1H 1H 00H 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H gt 12 APR 1995 04 37 15 3 cH 14H 00H 010aH 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H Date The Date column contains the system date of the last occurrence of the logged event Time The Time column contains the system time of the last occurrence of the logged event The timestamp used is the current date and time of day as known by the Ethernet Interface This is the same time that is displayed by the DATE a
84. B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 7 KILLSS Command Note This command is intended to be used only for diagnostics and maintenance The KILLSS command has the form KILLSS ALLi lt SRTP Server Endpoint gt lt SRTP Server endpoint gt This command causes the specified SRTP server endpoint s to be terminated An endpoint is identified by a number as listed in the leftmost column of the STAT V command output Alternately the KILLSS ALL form of the command causes all established SRTP Server endpoints to be terminated This command will not terminate endpoints which are not in the ESTABLISHED state A typical KILLSS command is shown below killss 2 SRTP Server endpoint 2 shut down initiated TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G LOG Command This command prints entries from the exception log Log entries remain in the log until they are explicitly cleared by using the CLEAR LOG command or until they are overwritten by more recent data The log is maintained as a circular list where new data overwrites the oldest data in the list An arrow points to the most recently logged event Refer to Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions for a complete explanation of each log event The LOG command has the form LOG Z A typical LOG command is shown below gt log lt lt lt Exception Log gt gt gt IC693CPU374 Embedded Ethernet version 1 00 15A3 Log display
85. C OmMMmand e ekiten e EENE EEEREN EEA E EERE EAEN RREN Ee 6 37 TALLY Command anaa T Min T T aE een 6 37 TEST Command eniin arae A EE E Eia S NE EAE E R ERN 6 38 TIME Command ooer oere ete E See E EE AE ean ET e 6 39 TRACE Commend soninn Min aii iain an aie eel Gan 6 40 UDIS Command ansia a A E T E EAA EAT E O NEEE 6 42 XCHANGE Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type DZ ONY EEEE E E E ET TE E E E S 6 42 Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Des criptions ccccccsssccsssscsssssceseeces 7 1 Symbols Used in the Station Manager Commands eeeeeesceeeeeeeneeereeeeeeneeenseenaeenaees 7 1 Command Input Processing cee ceeceseceseceseeesseesseeeseecsaecsaecsaecsseceseeeseesseeseeeeeeeeeneeeaeeenaes 7 2 CHE TIME Command sis ities anki Bae eh el a aA ea es 7 2 CHPARM Command oeodna teeri ohitis vt eta n i eiee aA Eiaa ata a anise EEU aA e 7 3 What To Do If You Have Forgotten Your Password cesesscsseceseceeeceseeeseeeeeeenes 7 3 CHSOSW Command enseina hed ei ei a ae a eee lana 7 4 CHTIME Commanden ta naine ta ian E TE T cvetaitiaevedes R Aa 7 5 CHTIME Command Formateret i aaie E E O EER ES 7 5 CLEAR Command o oiar aa cet tee Ta Pies bade EA ERa Ea EE a ARa EEA an 7 5 EGDREAD Command npea a E E a a O E aa 7 6 EGDWRITE Command nreti cesena eea lenectucagsate rs terbevs tga aeeneetennenasess 7 6 HEEP Command seeria eR EEEk EAk E EEREN EEE EE RE Enka EE EEEE 7 7 KILESS Com
86. Computer to Station Manager Port For reference the Station Manager serial port pinouts on the Ethernet Interface are included here For a further description of this port refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual Figure 2 4 Station Manager Table 2 1 Station Manager Serial Port RS 232 Serial Port Pinouts 45696 Pin Signal Description Number 1 CTS Clear To Send input D TD Transmit Data output 3 SG Signal Ground 4 SG Signal Ground 5 RD Receive Data input 6 RTS Request to Send output 2 Set up the communication parameters of the terminal emulator or ASCII terminal to match the configuration for the Station Manager Port If the the PLC programmer configuration for the Station Manager Port of the Ethernet Interface used the defaults or the Ethernet Interface has not been configured using the PLC programmer use the default values If the PLC programmer configuration for the Station Manger Port of the Ethernet Interface used different values use those values for the serial port of the PC or terminal See GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 2 2 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G PLC User s Manual for instructions on using the PLC programmer software to configure the serial ports of the Ethernet Interface The default configuration is 9600 bits per second 8 data bits No parity 1 st
87. Entry 2 f Entry 5 contains an internal error code of interest to developers LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Illegal parameter specified in call to tepwr Entry 3 contains an internal error code of interest to developers LAN system software fault resuming Internal error TCB not in ESTABLISHED state when tcpwr was called LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Invalid itcb parameter used in tcpclose call Entry 3 contains the offending itcb parameter value LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Invalid itcb parameter used in tcpclose call Entry 3 contains the offending itcb parameter value GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 21 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 12 Entry 2 codes Continued TCP events e LAN system software fault resuming Internal error TCP function called before TCP task was initialized Continued Connection to remote node failed resuming This error is reported when an RST has been received If the error persists verify that applications are using proper IP addresses and that the remote host is not experiencing resource limitations Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H The lower byte of Entry 5 is
88. IAL ACTIVE N A in the following table LED Indicators for Ethernet Interface Products 10Base T Type AAUI Only Type 1C697CMM742 1C693CPU364 374 1C693CMM321 1C693CMM321 Ethernet Interface CPUs with Ethernet Ethernet Interface Ethernet Interface Type 2 Interface OK OK MODULE OK EOK LAN LAN LAN ONLINE LAN FDX SER SERIAL ACTIVE N A STAT STAT STATUS STAT Hardware Failure State GFK 1186G When power is cycled on the Series 90 PLC or whenever the Ethernet Interface is restarted power up diagnostics run Diagnostics running is indicated by the OK LED fast blinking while the other LEDs remain OFF Note If all LEDs turn OFF and stay OFF during power up diagnostics or if on the CPU374 the EOK LED blinks in a repeated sequence then power up diagnostics have failed Refer to the PLC Fault Table for more information The PLC Fault Table can be especially helpful in detailing faults that are detected during power up because the Station Manager is not operational during power up If the Ethernet Interface has a problem it may not be able to report fault details In the case of the CPU374 only the EOK LED blinks a two digit failure code that can also help determine the nature of the failure Refer to the topic Troubleshooting Using the PLC Fault Table in this chapter for more information Upon successful completion of diagnostic testing the Ethernet Interface waits for configuration data fr
89. IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Server c LAN system software fault resuming events An attempt to tcpwr to a TCP connection failed Entry 4 contains the number of bytes Continued requested to write Entries 5 and 6 are a segment offset base address of the memory to supply the written bytes LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Detected a NULL mailbox pointer e 13 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The Backplane PLC Driver module returned bad status in response to a request The specific value of Entry 2 is internally significant Entry 4 contains the status code returned by the Backplane Driver See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Unexpected event indication routine call LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Unrecognized TCP event code Entry 4 contains the TCP endpoint identifier Entry 5 contains the unrecognized TCP event code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Event routine indication for an endpoint identifier that should not receive such an indication Entry 4 contains the endpoint identifier LAN system software fault r
90. K 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 37 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event le Entry 2 codes Continued Modbus TCP 2 LAN system software fault resuming Channel API The Service Request Processor component of client PLC CPU rejected a request Entry events 3 contains the major minor error code of the request Entry 4 contains a unique request continued identification number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to register with the Backplane PLC Driver failed Entry 3 contains an error status code describing the failure See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN IF can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error An attempt to allocate a queue header failed LAN IF can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer pool failed LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A Channel Machine was issued an event when in an invalid state Entry 3 identifies the aborted channel number Entry 4 identifies the state Entry 5 identifies the event Valid state and event codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 5 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An internal attempt to send a reque
91. LOG event table under the LOG command in Chapter 6 7 Command Descriptions TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table 3 5 PLC Fault Table Message Descriptions PLC Fault Message User Action Backplane communications with PLC fault User Action Check to make sure you are not sending lost request COMMREQs faster than the Ethernet Interface can process them If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Bad local application request discarded User Action Check for valid COMMREQ command request code If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Bad remote application request discarded User Action Try to validate the operation of the remote request node If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Can t locate remote node discarded request Error reported when remote IP MAC address cannot be resolved Error may indicate that remote host is not operational on the network User Action Check that remote host is operational on network and its addresses are correct Comm_treq Bad task ID programmed Message from PLC for unknown Ethernet Interface task User Action Check COMMREQ function block Comm_ req Wait mode not allowed User Action Check COMMREQ to make sure sent in no wait mode Config d gateway addr bad can t talk off local Error in configuration Verify IP address Subnetwork net Mask and defa
92. Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 27 This event is logged by the Naming Services subsystem when an exception condition Naming Services occurs Entry 3 of any Naming Services exception is a code uniquely identifying the events software component which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed during initialization of the Naming Services subsystem LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed during normal operation LAN system software fault resuming An event was found in the internal work queue which does not correspond to any one of the active Naming Services requests LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An unknown resolution method was requested LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Maximum number of Naming Services requests already in process Try again later LAN system software fault resuming Unable to open UDP ports used for Naming Services operations LAN system software fault resuming Unable to register this networks adapter s network name in DDP2 protocol Entry 4 hexadecimal contains the reason for this failure Internal software error e g failure to allocate a timer buffers Error encountered trying to ope
93. N system software fault resuming An unsupported request message was received from the PLC CPU The request is rejected Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 is a detailed internal error code System Error 385 LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming This error occurs when a request is made for memory and no heap memory of the requested size or larger is available The size of the request is stored in Entry 3 of the log event This error can be caused by Misconfigured memory pool sizes or percentages Misconfigured advanced user parameter Imaxdb causing excessive LLC demands for memory on the Ethernet Interface True exhaustion of memory resources due to insufficient processing capacity at the station excessively long PLC scan time or excessive network traffic addressed to the station System software error TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued System events System Error 386 Continued LAN system software fault restarted LAN I F This error is caused by a request to release a buffer which is not a recognizable buffer from the system This is a catastrophic system software error and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA The Ethernet Interfac
94. NT state from the CLOSED state PasOpens Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN RCVD state from the listen state AtmptFai The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the SYN SENT state or the SYN RCVD state plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition ot the LISTEN state from the SYN RCVD state EstabRes The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE WAIT state CurEstab The number of internal TCP data structures currently in use InSegs The total number of segements received including those received in error This count includes segments received on currently established connections OutSegs The total number of segments sent including those on current connections but excluding those containing only retransmitted bytes RtranSeg The total number of segments retransmitted that is the number of TCP segments transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted bytes InErrs TCP segments received in error SndRsts TCP segments sent with RST flag Table C 28 UDP Tallies task u UDP Tallies task u Tally Description InDatagm Number of incoming datagrams validated and accepted by the UDP stack NoPorts Number of incoming datagrams discarded by UDP because the destination UDP port for t
95. Netid The netid is the part of the IP address identifying the network on which the node resides See also Hostid Network An arrangement of nodes and interconnecting branches Network Adapter The device such as the Ethernet Interface providing communications services for a particular network Network Address Name A character string that is used in lieu of an IP address The client and or server device uses Name Resolution to resolve this symbolic name into the actual IP address This name represents the address on the network of a particular network adapter Also referred to as Adapter Name Network Switch An Ethernet device that dynamically connects two communicating nodes without propagating the data to other Ethernet devices also connected to the switch Node The physical module that connects a node to the network The Ethernet Interface is an example of a node It connects a station PLC or CNC to a network Factory LAN A station may contain more than one Ethernet Interface and therefore contains more than one node Octet A group of 8 bits operated on as a single unit One Way Propagation Time See Transmission Path Delay Path The sequence of segments and repeaters providing the connectivity between two DTEs In CSMA CD networks there is one and only one path between any two DTEs Peer Another entity at the same level layer in the communication hierarchy Peer Peer Communication between nodes at the same level or lay
96. P Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G The command TRACE with no arguments shows What tasks are currently printing trace information The time remaining for an active trace The active len_ref value The command TRACE causes all tracing to be disabled Once trace has been initiated from a remote Station Manager trace output continues to be sent to that remote Station Manager until terminated as described above Trace output continues even if the remote Station Manager terminal is disconnected or logged into another station Be sure to stop your traces Detailing the interpretation of the trace data is beyond the scope of this document It requires expertise in the internal operation of the TCP IP protocols that is not needed by most users of the network A typical TRACE command is shown below trace i Trace enabled for i minutes remaining 10 len_ref 48 If you attempt a trace of the Data Link layer when it is not allowed a response similar to the example above will be displayed followed by the message Trace not allowed for Data Link layer in remote mode GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 41 s UDIS Command This command is reserved on all Ethernet Interfaces XCHANGE Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only The XCHANGE command is used to print out detailed information about the configuration
97. P datagrams for which no problems were ipInDiscards encountered to prevent their continued processing but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space InDelivs The total number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IP ipInDelivers user protocols including ICMP OutReq The total number of IP datagrams which local IP user protocols ipOutRequests including ICMP supplied to IP in requests for transmission OutDiscd The number of output IP datagrams for which no problem was ipOutDiscards encountered to prevent their transmission to their destination but which were discarded e g for lack of buffer space OutNoRts The number of IP datagrams discarded because no route could be ipOutNoRoutes found to transmit them to their destination ReasmTO The maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while ipReasmTimeout they are awaiting reassembly at this entity Not used ReasmReq The number of IP fragments received which needed to be ipReasmReqds reassembled at this entity ReasmOKs The number of IP datagrams successfully re assembled ipReasmOKs ReasmFai The number of failures detected by the IP reassembly algorithm for whatever ipReasmFails reason timed out errors message size too big etc FragOKs The number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented ipFragOks at this entity FragFail The number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to ipF
98. Rcv MyAbt uCode GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 0038H 0000H 0810H PLCReq Write 001aH 0023H 6 37 s TEST Command The TEST command has the form TEST lt node gt ALL lt cnt gt lt sch gt lt len gt lt pat gt where lt node gt is a destination MAC address and ALL is a synonym for the broadcast address ffffffffH lt cnt gt is an optional number specifying the number of test frames to be sent which defaults to 1 This parameter value can range from 1 to ffffffffH 4 294 967 295 lt sch gt is an optional number of 10 millisecond time intervals between consecutive test frame outputs The default value for this parameter is 50 500 milliseconds or 1 2 second This parameter s value can range from 0 to 7fffH 32 767 or about 6 minutes A value of 0 for this parameter results in the default value of 50 being used lt len gt is an optional length of user data in the test frame which defaults to 0 no data in the test frame The range of values for this parameter is from 0 to the value of configuration parameter Imaxdb The test frame data length may be further modified by the lt pat gt parameter as described below lt pat gt is an optional value to be used as the data pattern in the user data This parameter s value can range from 0 to ffH 255 If a value is supplied for the lt pat gt parameter each test frame will contain lt len gt bytes of d
99. Resolution Code Event le Entry 2 codes Continued Modbus TCP 11 LAN system software fault resuming Channel API The Channel API software was accessed by other internal software but the Channel API events has not yet been initialized continued LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to find the channel machine corresponding to a given TCP connection has failed Entry 3 contains the TCP endpoint identifier of the particular TCP connection LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a work block failed Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Additional unsolicited mail or service response data arrived from the Backplane PLC Driver when such data was unexpected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A mailbox buffer pointer was found to be NULL LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming The Backplane PLC Driver returned bad status in response to a request Entry 3 may contain the aborted channel number or c0 if no channel was aborted Entry 4 contains a status code indicating the type of failure Entry 5 uniquely identifies the request that failed See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Mailbox traffic of unwanted type arrived fr
100. S This command displays extended status of COMMREQs initiated by the local ladder program This command is usually used during troubleshooting The EXS command is shown below gt exs lt lt lt Extended Status gt gt gt Software Version 100 Last command 0 0000H Last error code 0 0000H Last COMM REQ in error 0000H 0000H 00000H 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H 0000H The error codes shown in the next to last line of output are the same codes returned in the COMMREQ Status CRS word to the ladder program If a non zero error code is displayed the last line also displays up to eight words of the COMMREQ Command Block beginning with the Command word See GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual for further details on error codes and COMMREQ commands TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G HELP Command The HELP command has the form HELP or The HELP command or the single character command can be used to display a short reminder of the valid commands If you are logged in to use modify commands you will see the lt lt lt Modify Commands gt gt gt in the command list see Table 4 3 Modify Commands If you are not logged in you will not see the modify command listing A typical HELP command when you are not logged in that is you are in Monitor level is shown below gt help lt lt lt Monitor Commands gt gt gt chan
101. TALLY The CLEAR command sets various Ethernet Interface data structures to initial values usually zeros E Ifthe CLEAR LOG command is entered all log entries are discarded and the log is set to an empty state The CLEAR LOG command also turns on the STAT LED on the Ethernet Interface E Ifthe CLEAR TALLY command is entered all tallies resettable are set to a value of zero A typical CLEAR TALLY command is shown below clear tally Tallies cleared GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 5 EGDREAD Command The EGDREAD command has the form EGDREAD lt producerID gt lt exchangeID gt lt offset gt lt len gt This command displays the data from the EGD exchange identified by lt producerID gt and lt exchangeID gt The lt producerID gt parameter should be expressed in dotted decimal notation the exchange ID should be expressed as a number An error will be displayed if the node does not have an exchange with the specified lt producerID gt and lt exchangeID gt The optional offset and length can be used to display only a part of the exchange By default the entire exchange is displayed If an offset is specified without a length a length value of one 1 is used An error message will be displayed if the beginning offset is not contained within the exchange or if the offset plus the length specified exceeds the size of the exchange The user needs to be aware that this command displays the
102. Utility UTL code Most Common Utility events contain a SCode status value Entry 2 hexadecimal values are events 1 LAN system software fault resuming Error in an operating system request Details of the error are found in the SCode value LAN system software fault resuming Error in memory allocation request LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Error entering or leaving a critical region LAN system software fault resuming Error generating Station Manager output data LAN system software fault resuming Unknown Station Manager command was received Entry 3 contains the unknown Station Manager command code LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming A command to the Ethernet physical interface did not complete The LAN interface status bits relating to the network are not reliable LAN system software fault resuming Error registering for event notification from CFG subsystem LAN system software fault resuming Error entering or leaving a critical region within UTL main task LAN system software fault resuming Error processing an internal event request LAN system software fault resuming Internal event processing error LAN system software fault resuming Internal software error GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 59 Table B 11 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possibl
103. ace until the next restart of the module or until a hardware configuration is stored to the PLC Note that a temporary IP address can be assigned even if the PLC has been previously configured by the Programmer The IP address assigned over the network remains in effect until the PLC is power cycled or until the configuration is explicitly stored or cleared The intended usage of this IP address assignment mechanism is to permit initial communication to the programmer Once connected the intended IP address should be permanently stored to the PLC via the configuration data 2 D 2 The setip Utility The GE Fanuc Windows programmers Control Logic Developer and VersaPro provide a utility to simplify the assignment of IP addresses over the network This utility is located in the tools directory of the programmer and is called setip In Windows you can double click on this file or activate it from the Start gt Run menu When run the utility will present a simple dialog that allows the entry of a 12 digit MAC address and an IP address for the node When the Set IP button is pressed the utility attempts to assign the IP address to the node with the specified MAC address using the procedure described above The setip utility dialog is shown below Set IP Address TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Appendix E GFK 1186G Status Codes in the Exception Log
104. activity on the LAN and Serial Port 2 The Station Manager is fully operational in the Operational state and always assumes the Monitor command level upon completion of Diagnostics the Monitor command level prompt is gt The LOGIN command may be used to change to the Modify command level as desired the Modify command level prompt is There is no state indication message following the Station ID in the NODE command In the Operational state the TEST and PING commands may be used to check network connectivity Modbus TCP available only on Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 5 3 6 Troubleshooting Using the LEDs Powering up the Ethernet Interface After configuring the Interface and storing the configuration to the PLC follow the procedure below to verify that the Ethernet Interface is operating correctly 1 Turn power OFF to the PLC for 3 5 seconds then turn the power back ON This will initiate a series of diagnostic tests The OK LED will blink indicating the progress of power up 2 The LEDs will have the following pattern upon successful power up At this time the Ethernet Interface is fully operational and on line with no exception conditions Note The SER LED is not present on the Series 90 30 CPU364 and CPU374 Also this LED is labeled SER on AAUI Only style IC693CMM321 and FDX on the 10Base T style IC693CMM321 Refer to Note
105. ad from the external transceiver is blown This problem may be caused by a defective transceiver shorted network or transceiver cable or a defective Ethernet Interface Isolated and correct the cause of the problem and then replace the fuse or the Ethernet Interface For fuse type and replacement procedures refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 17 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event c Entry 2 codes Continued LLC events 121 Series 90 30 PLC Ethernet Interface Continued LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The AAUI Fuse on the LAN Controller board which protects the PLC Power Supply from overload from the external transceiver is blown This fuse is not field replaceable This problem may be caused by a defective transceiver shorted network or transceiver cable or a defective Ethernet Interface Correct the external fault and replace the Ethernet Interface 121 Series 90 70 PLC Ethernet Interface type 2 LAN controller fuse blown off network Either AUI port fuse FU3 or 10Base2 port fuse FU1 is blown Entry 3 indicates the defective fuse 1 Fuse FU3 AUI port field replaceable 2 Fuse FU1 10Base2 port not field replaceable This problem may be caused by a defective transceiver shorted net
106. address is assigned to the node by the user Also known as an IP address See also Physical Address Internet Control Message Protocol ICMP The Internet standard protocol that handles error and control messages Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP The Internet standard protocol that handles multicast group management messages Internet Protocol IP The Internet standard protocol that defines the Internet datagram and provides the basis for the Internet packet delivery service See also Transmission Control Protocol TCP Inter Repeater Link IRL A mechanism for interconnecting two and only two repeater units The Inter Repeater Link acts at the Physical Layer ISO layer 1 IP Address See Internet Address Jabber A transmission by a network node beyond the time interval allowed by the protocol TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G LAN Interface A term used in this manual to identify the GE Fanuc hardware module with or without software that connects a PLC or CNC to a network LAN Interface Status Bits LIS Bits The LIS bits comprise bits 1 16 of an 80 bit status bit area The location of this 80 bit status area is assigned using the PLC programming software in the Status Address field The LIS bits contain information on the status of the Local Area Network LAN and the Ethernet Interface itself Linear Topology A network topology in which nodes are each conn
107. alues are displayed as decimal values In cases where it would be helpful the value is displayed in both decimal and hexadecimal A few values are displayed only in hexadecimal Hexadecimal values are are displayed with an H as their last character An example of numeric output is shown below ifragtmr 100 0064H When a numeric value is entered it may be entered as either a decimal value or as a hexadecimal value A hexadecimal value must be entered using the trailing H either upper or lower case as its last character Byte String Values Byte strings represent each successive byte as a pair of hexadecimal digits enclosed in double angle brackets lt lt gt gt An example of a byte string output is shown below MAC address lt lt 080019010842 gt gt IP Addresses IP addresses are displayed and entered in dotted decimal format An example is shown below ping 10 0 0 1 10 Ping initiated lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 10 Received 10 No Timely Response 0 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 10 10 10 GFK 1186G Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager 4 9 4 10 Station Manager Operation in Different Ethernet Interface States The states of the Ethernet Interface are Hardware Failure Software Load Waiting for IP Address Maintenance Operational The Ethernet Interface states are distinguished by different LED patt
108. ames are Long Form names in the format lt Device name gt lt Network Address Name gt Both Network Address Name and Device Name are character strings and may not exceed 31 characters To enter a Network Address Name only omit the Device Name by beginning the name with The BROWSEDDP command displays names defined in the DDP Directory Information Base DIB The DDP DIB is distributed across all stations using the DDP protocol If either end of the search range is not specified there is no limit at that end of the range Thus BROWSEDDP without a range attempts to return all defined DDP names The BROWSEDDP output first displays the local DDP DIB entry then the names returned by the responding stations Each name in the DIB is displayed with the IP address of the station where that name is defined Note that this is not necessarily the actual IP address assigned to this name A typical BROWSEDDP command is shown below browseddp The DDP browse has returned 3 entries Device Name Network Address Name is defined at IP Address cato at 10 0 0 1 anthony at 10 0 0 2 jerry at10 0 0 3 Every responding device contains a Network Address Name Device Names are not used at this time the BROWSEDDP output will display Device Names when they become available in the future For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications
109. ands sent by the initiating node minus the number of Responses received from the subject node This number of frames were lost either outbound from the initiator inbound to the initiator or internally e g lack of buffers to either the initiator or responder 6 30 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G REPP Command The REPP command has the form REPP This command causes the results of the PING command to be reported The results may be for a currently running PING or otherwise the most recent PING command A typical REPP command is shown below repp lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 1 Received 1 No Timely Response 0 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 1 10 Interpretation of Test Results The line of output that begins Command identifies the actual PING command parameters used including default values for any optional parameters not specified on the command line to generate the results Sent indicates the number of Echo Request messages sent Received indicates the number of Echo Reply messages received within the expected response schedule of its corresponding Echo Request The response schedule begins when an Echo Request is sent and ends when the schedule time specified in the lt sch gt parameter of the PING command elapses No Timely Response indicates the number of t
110. arily assign an IP address over the network See Appendix D for the process to assign a temporary IP address to a Style B Station Manager module Modbus TCP available only on Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G The Maintenance State For Style A Station Manager modules the Maintenance state is entered after diagnostics if one of the following occurs The Station Manager user issues a MAINT command The Restart pushbutton is pressed and held until the bottom two LEDs come on The Ethernet Interface has detected a fatal error in the Operational state Note There is no Maintenance state for Style B Station Manager modules Backup configuration and Advanced User Parameters may be modified in the operational state In the Maintenance state the Ethernet Interface uses the configuration data from the PLC CPU if available but always defaults to the factory values for all Advanced User parameters ignoring any customizations In addition the Ethernet Interface does not perform any SRTP Server or Channel API operations or Modbus TCP Server or Channel API operations This allows quick and safe isolation of the Ethernet Interface for troubleshooting purposes The Station Manager is active in the Maintenance state and always uses the Modify command level without the necessity of logging in The NODE command additionally displays
111. as follows REM lt lt lt Exception Log gt gt gt REM Exception log empty Make a notation on the Network Test Data Sheet that the log is empty or record the values if any reported in the log response message The TALLY L response from each station should appear as follows REM gt lt lt lt Data Link Tallies gt gt gt REM gt Unreg 0000H Lsap0 0000H LsapOfl 0000H EthUnreg 0000H REM gt MacErr 0000H BufProb 0000H UnrecPdu 0000H TstRevd 03E8H REM gt TstResp 0000H REM gt REM gt lt lt lt MAC Tallies gt gt gt REM gt SQEErr 0000H MisdPack 0000H FrameErr 0000H SuccOne 0000H REM gt CrcErr 0000H RbufErr 0000H LateColl 0000H LostCarr 0000H REM gt BsyCar 0000H NoRtry 0647H SuccMore 0000H FRtry 0000H The TALLY L report provides more detailed information about faults than the TEST ALL command Acceptable tally rates are indicated on the Network Test Data Sheet Note that certain tallies should always be 0 while other tallies are acceptable if their average rate is not excessive Record the LOG and TALLY L results for each Interface under test 8 At this point you have completed your initial checkout of the Ethernet Interface and its operation on the network If the acceptance criteria is met your Interface and network meets requirements and no further testing is necessary If the criteria is not met refer to earlier sections of this chapter for the meaning of the log data and
112. ased and reprogrammed under local software control It is used to store data that must be preserved when power is off Frame A data structure that consists of fields predetermined by a protocol for the transmission of user data and control data Gateway A special purpose dedicated computer that attaches to two or more sub networks and routes packets from one to the other In particular an Internet gateway routes IP datagrams among the networks to which it connects Gateways route packets to other gateways until they can be delivered to the final destination directly across the physical sub network Also sometimes referred to as a router A gateway connects network nodes at the Network Layer ISO layer 3 Global Address Administration Address administration in which all LAN individual addresses are unique within the same or other Local Area Networks See also Local Address Administration Appendix A Glossary A 5 A 6 Global Data See Ethernet Global Data Group Address An IP multicast address that identifies a group of network nodes on a Local Area Network Host A computer or workstation that communicates with stations such as PLCs or CNCs across a network especially one that performs supervisory or control functions Note that this same term is widely used in TCP IP literature to refer to any network node that can be a source or destination for network messages See also Hostid Host Group A group IP address used to receive m
113. associated with the work LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request An Modbus TCP connection could not be created due to either the enforcement of a maximum limit on the number of TCP connections or system resource exhaustion In the latter case other log entries should indicate the exhaustion of such resources The maximum limit of Modbus TCP connections can be viewed with the PARM command LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to map a TCP endpoint identifier to a connection machine Entry 4 contains the offending endpoint identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to map a Backplane PLC Driver task identifier to a connection machine Entry 4 contains the offending task identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error No read was active on a transaction machine when one was expected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A mismatched Backplane PLC Driver transfer identifier was detected in the context of reading TCP data Entry 4 contains the transfer identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to allocate a new transaction machine LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to find a transaction machine on the send queue matching the desired Backplane PLC Driver task identifier and transfer identifiers Entry 4 contains the task identifier and Entry 5 contains the t
114. ata and each byte of test data will be lt pat gt However if the lt pat gt parameter is omitted and a non zero lt len gt value is supplied a special testing byte sequence is used In this test sequence successive test frames are sent with an alternating data pattern OOH 55H aaH ffH and a counting pattern and an incremental frame length of 1 byte up to lt len gt bytes For example the data for the first six test frames would consist of OOH len 1 55H 55H len 2 aaH aaH aaH len 3 ffH ffH ffH ffH len 4 OOH 01H 02H 03H 04H len 5 and OOH 00H 00H 00H 00H 00H len 6 This command causes one or more LLC test frames to be sent to the specified address Test frames are output at time interval lt sch gt until lt cnt gt frames have been sent The optional lt len gt and lt pat gt parameters can be used to specify the form of user data sent on the test frames A lengthy TEST command can be terminated by using the STOPT command The TEST ALL command can be used to return a list of all the other stations on the network The results of the last TEST command are maintained until the Modify security level is exited either by a timeout or by the LOGOUT command It may be advisable to issue a CHLTIME 0 command before initiating a TEST command of long duration Also the REPORT command can be used to view the results of a test which has been completed or the current results of a test in progress Caution Care sho
115. ate codes are as follows 0 IDLE 1 OPENING 2 ESTABLISHED 3 READONLY 4 CLOSING 5 TERMINATE LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request An SRTP connection could not be created due to either the enforcement of a maximum limit on the number of SRTP connections or system resource exhaustion In the latter case other log entries should indicate the exhaustion of such resources The maximum limit of SRTP connections can be viewed with the PARM command See Chapter 6 Command Descriptions LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to map a TCP endpoint identifier to a connection machine Entry 4 contains the offending endpoint identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to map a Backplane PLC Driver task identifier to a connection machine Entry 4 contains the offending task identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error No read was active on a transaction machine when one was expected Bad remote application request discarded request A PDU arrived with a version field number higher than the SRTP protocol version supported by the SRTP Server Entry 4 contains the version number of the PDU Entry 5 contains the SRTP version supported by the SRTP Server B 28 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible C
116. ation Unreachable ICMP message It was unable to route the message to the destination Entry 4 indicates the ICMP message code field value present in the message See an ICMP reference document for a description of field code values Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP address bytes of the unreachable destination displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H Verify that the local and remote nodes are both connected and that both applications are specifying proper IP addresses Local request to send was rejected discarded request A call to icmp_out failed Possible Ethernet cable problems Check that the LAN LED is ON or Blinking Entry 4 contains a message type code for Echo Response 0 Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP address bytes of the node to which we are responding displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming A call to BuffAlloc failed Local request to send was rejected discarded request Internal error An attempt to send an IP datagram with ipsend failed Possible Ethernet cable problems Check that the LAN LED is ON or Blinking Entry 4 contains the length of the datagram Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP address bytes of the destination IP address of the datagram displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H GFK 1186G Appendix B Except
117. ause and Resolution Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued 27 Bad remote application request discarded request A PDU arrived with an invalid pdu_type field code The value of the pdu_type field is contained in Entry 4 Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H Bad remote application request discarded request A PDU arrived with a non zero data_length field but was of a class of PDU s which must have zero 0 in this field Entry 4 contains the PDU s type code Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H The value of the data_length field is contained in Entries 5 and 6 SRTP server event Continued Bad remote application request discarded request An Error Request PDU arrived from a remote SRTP endpoint Entry 4 contains the SRTP error code Entry 5 contains the invoke ID of the SRTP PDU causing the Error Request to be sent Bad remote application request discarded request A valid SRTP PDU arrived but the SRTP Server does not support handling it The value of the pdu_type field is contained in Entry 4 Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to write an SRTP Connect Response was made prematurely LAN system software fault resuming Internal error More response data arrived from the Backplane PLC Driver when more data was unexpected Entry 4 contains t
118. ave issued a subsequent COMMREQ before a previous COMMREQ has completed indicated by receipt of the COMMREQ Status Word Alternately an internal error may have occurred A Channel API event arrived in a channel machine state that is not intended to handle the event Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains a code uniquely identifying the event Valid event codes are TCP_DATA_RDY TCP_ERROR TCP_CONN_OK TCP_FIN_RCVD TCP_USER_RESET TCP_CONN_IND TCP_OKTOSND BPX_FRESH_ DATA BPX_WR_DATA_ACK CMD_OPEN CMD RW XFER_ERROR END_OF_SWEEP INVALID WORK EVENT Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to write to the user specified reference address used to hold the COMMREQ Status Word failed internally Entry 3 contains the CRS word value to be written Entry 4 contains the Segment Selector of the reference addressed Entry 5 contains the zero based Offset of the reference address 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b Cc d e LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A channel machine s write PDU submachine was accessed in its IDLE state Entry 3 identifies the channel number of the aborted channel machine LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Possible Cause and
119. be displayed by using the LOG Z command When the Z option is entered the log command produces 132 columns of output so an appropriate terminal or terminal emulator should be used In addition to the information displayed in the log command the following additional information is displayed Code A 32 bit internal status code See Appendix E for a description of the S Code format and values Remote IP Addr Port or Produced IP Exchg For some errors this field contains the IP address and port of the remote node associated with the error For EGD this field sometimes contains the Producer ID and Exchange ID of the exchange associated with the error Local IP Addr Port For some errors this field contains the IP Address and Port of the local end point associated with the error TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Furthermore if the LAN LED is OFF this indicates that an attempt to send a frame resulted in a local fault indication This usually results from a hardware problem If this occurs follow the procedure below 1 Check to be sure that the cables are securely fastened to the Ethernet Interface connector and to the transceiver if used 2 Make sure the transceiver if used is securely fastened to the Ethernet network trunk cable 3 Issue a TALLY L Station Manager If either the MacErr or the SQEErr tally is non zero the local station may be experiencing an uns
120. bridge are within different collision domains Command Dictionary Provides an alphabetical listing of the LAN Interface commands Command Field That part of a protocol data unit PDU that contains commands as opposed to the address field and information field COMMREQ Function Block The COMMREQ Function Block is the Series 90 PLC ladder instruction used to initiate a communications request COMMREQ Status Word CRS Word The 16 bit CRS word receives the initial status of the Series 90 PLC communication request from the Series 90 module to which the communication request was addressed The location of the CRS word is assigned for each COMMREQ function in the common area of the COMMREQ Command Block Communication Configuration Utility A utility used by the Windows based PLC programming software and the Host Communications Toolkit to configure local communication parameters for connecting to PLCs Communications Window A part of the PLC scan that provides an opportunity for the LAN Interface to read and write PLC memory The window is executed automatically once per PLC scan Connection An association between a client and server on a network used to reliably transfer data between the two Here usually refers to a TCP or an SRTP connection where the client server or both are PLCs See also Channel Consumer In Ethernet Global Data a device such as a PLC that receives a data exchange from a Producer See also Producer Exchang
121. c values Each data value will be placed into a consecutive byte of the exchange starting at the specified offset If a data value is larger than 255 only the least significant byte of the data value will be used No more than 16 data values may be specified A typical EGDWRITE command is shown below egdwrite 10 10 10 111 2 3 written TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G HELP Command The HELP command has the form HELP or The HELP command or the single character command can be used to display a short reminder of the valid commands If you are logged in to use modify commands you will see the lt lt lt Modify Commands gt gt gt in the command list see Table 4 2 Modify Commands If you are not logged in you will not see the modify command listing A typical HELP command when you are not logged in that is you are in Monitor level is shown below gt lt lt lt Monitor Commands gt gt gt egdread help log login ltime node parm plcread prog sosw stat tally time xchange A typical HELP command when you are logged in is shown below help lt lt lt Monitor Commands gt gt gt egdread help log login ltime node parm plcread prog sosw stat tally time xchange lt lt lt Modify Commands gt gt gt chltime chparm chsosw chtime clear egdwrite killss logout net ok ping plcwrite rem repp restart stopp trace GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style
122. ce penalty for displaying large PDUs when they occur frequently The identifier disables all tracing and should only be used by itself This command causes a diagnostic trace of the specified task or tasks to be displayed at the terminal where the TRACE command is invoked This trace information shows each protocol exchange at the selected task and can be used by protocol experts to diagnose problems at the node or in a remote host The format of the display is the same at both the local and the remote terminal The TRACE command issued last either locally or remotely determines where the display takes place Tracing of the Data Link layer 1 is not allowed if the TRACE command is issued at a remote terminal When remotely issued via UDP by using an IP address or symbolic name tracing of the IP i ICMP j and UDP u layers are also not permitted Enabling trace output has severe performance penalties for the communications software This command should only be used in debugging problems It should NEVER be left enabled in operational nodes The trace output is enabled for only the tasks specified with the most recent TRACE command trace output is disabled for all tasks not specified Trace output is generated by the selected tasks until one of the following occurs The TRACE command is issued again to disable tracing or to select a new set of tasks The timeout specified for the TRACE command has expired TCP I
123. ce the time required for a bit to travel between the two most distant nodes in a bus network NOTE In a network using carrier sense each frame must be long enough so that a collision or jam signal may be detected by the transmitting node while this frame is being transmitted Its minimum length is therefore determined by the round trip propagation time Router A device similar to a bridge that allows access to multiple LANs Also known as a gateway in Internet terminology A router connects network nodes at the Network Layer ISO layer 3 See also Gateway Server A network node that provides specific services to other network nodes clients See also Client EXAMPLE File server print server name server time server Service Request Transfer Protocol SRTP A proprietary protocol that encodes Series 90 Service Requests the native language of the Series 90 PLC CPUs to provide general purpose communications with a Series 90 PLC SRTP is presently available over 802 3 Ethernet networks SRTP is also used by the PLC programming software to communicate over an Ethernet network Signal Quality Error SQE An indication from the MAU transceiver to the Ethernet Interface to indicate any of three conditions 1 improper signals received from the medium 2 collision detected or 3 SQE message test Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP The Internet standard protocol used to synchronize the real time clocks of hosts over the network
124. ceiver cable failed or became disconnected Reattach the cable or replace the Transceiver or cable If SQEErr is incrementing but LostCarr is not the Transceiver SQE test switch may be set incorrectly Transceivers used on GEnet must have the IEEE 802 3 SQE_TEST enabled Use the TALLY L command to distinguish whether the SQE test done on each transmitted frame failed SQEErr or the transceiver lost carrier while transmitting LostCarr Online operation should resume within 10 seconds after repair 103 LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming The MAC device discarded an excessively long receive frame that required chaining of multiple buffers because there was no buffer to receive the frame into If the advanced user parameter rxringlen was reduced from the default value use the CHPARM command to increase the value of this parameter in order to provide more input buffers 105 LAN controller Tx underflow attempting recovery During transmission the MAC was unable to get data from memory quickly enough This indicates a transient LAN Interface hardware failure it should not occur This error may cause loss of both tx and rx messages that are in process since the MAC must be reinitialized done automatically Online operation should resume within 10 seconds after repair If the error persists replace the LAN Interface 106 Bad remote application request discarded request An incoming frame was received that exceede
125. clock is suspended during execution of a TRACE or PING command TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G CHPARM Command To be able to execute this command the Ethernet Interface must not have a configuration from the PLC The CHPARM command has the form CHPARM lt parm name gt lt value gt def or CHPARM ALL DEF where lt parm name gt specifies the name of an advanced user parameter see applicable table lt value gt specifies the new value for the specified advanced parameter def may be entered instead of an actual value to set the specified parameter to its factory default value This command changes the value of a specified advanced user parameter Advanced user parameters are configurable by the PLC Programmer configuration package using the AUP file see in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual for a description of the AUP file It is not recommended that you change advanced user parameters using the CHPARM command since any changes will be lost when a PLC hardware configuration is stored Changes do not take effect until the Ethernet Interface is restarted or power is cycled such that the Operational state is entered Advanced user parameters are saved in non volatile memory Changes made by the CHPARM command are retained over restart and power cycles until changed again by the CHPARM command or by storing a hardware configuration to the
126. connection may fail Entry 3 contains the session s service request processor address LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server failed to synchronize operating parameters with the configuration received from the PLC CPU LAN system software fault resuming A valid event has arrived on an SRTP Server connection that is in an invalid state Entry 3 contains a code indicating the current state of the SRTP Server connection LAN system software fault resuming An internal error occurred while attempting to delete an SRTP Server task LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server was unable to find a record of a transaction that was sent to the PLC CPU when the PLC Driver BPD notified SRTP Server that activity occurred on that transaction either the response was received or an error occurred on that transaction Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number and the transfer identification number of the request without a matching transaction record B 62 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table B 11 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Entry 2 codes Continued LAN system software fault resuming A PDU arrived in a state in which the SRTP connection cannot handle it SRTP Server will initiate the error service that will result in termination o
127. contents of the manual override table with the list of IP addresses entered on the command line Also the use of this command causes the tracking table to be cleared The CHSNTP DELETE form of the command deletes the list of servers specified on the command line from the manual override table and if present from the server tracking table The current locked on server cannot be deleted In addition the only way to exit manual override mode of operation for SNTP is to restart or power cycle the Ethernet Interface Deletion of all entries in the manual override table does not cause the Ethernet Interface to return to automatic SNTP mode Moreover the manual override table is not retained across an Ethernet Interface restart nor a power cycle A typical CHSNTP command is shown below chsntp use 10 16 32 61 10 16 169 73 Manual override is now active until module restart GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 11 s CHSOSW Command Not recommended if the PLC CPU is configured properly The Ethernet Interface must be in the Maintenance state to execute this command This command changes the value of the backup configuration parameters sometimes called Soft Switches maintained within the Ethernet Interface Configuration parameters are normally supplied by the PLC Programmer configuration software and stored to the PLC CPU for delivery to the Ethernet Interface at each configuration store power
128. d You should enter your password which will not be echoed If the password matches the current password for the Modify level you will receive a confirmation message and you will be allowed access to the Modify commands If the password does not match then an error message is displayed and the security level is not changed Please note that all characters that are typed after the password prompt except for the Enter key are assumed to be part of the password Specifically the delete and backspace characters do not have their usual meaning and are interpreted simply as password characters Passwords are limited to 8 characters and all characters after the eighth are ignored Unlike other inputs the password does not need to be enclosed with double quotes to achieve case sensitivity The factory default password is system lower case It may be changed by setting a password in the AUP file for the application Note There is a special variation of the LOGIN command that must be used in conjunction with the REM remote command to login on a remote system Refer to the REM command for a discussion of this variation LOGOUT Command The LOGOUT command has the form LOGOUT This command causes the secure login to be terminated Any Modify commands entered after the logout will receive an error message Logging out causes the login timeout value to return to 10 minutes A typical LOGOUT command is shown below logout Logged out
129. d B 7 16 7 22 PLC Fault Table 3 18 Powering lt 106 gt up the Ethernet Interface 3 6 Power up problems 3 6 Problems During Power up 3 6 PROG Command Station Manager 6 28 7 18 Q Quick Guide to the Manual 1 2 Quoting 6 2 7 2 R rddbrw_dly 6 25 rdddrsv_to 6 25 rddp_udp 6 25 rddreg_to 6 25 rddrsv_dly 6 25 RDNIP Command Station Manager 6 29 rdns_to 6 25 REM command A 6 29 REM command B 7 18 Remote Operation of the Station Manager 2 4 REPORT command A 6 30 REPP command A 6 31 REPP command B 7 19 RESOLVE command A 6 32 RESTART command A 6 32 RESTART command B 7 20 ROUTETBL command A 6 33 rresv_seq 6 25 S SNTP command A 6 34 Software Load state 3 4 4 10 Software Loader 3 8 3 10 3 12 6 17 SOSW command A 6 35 SOSW command B 7 21 SQE B 16 stalsap 6 24 stapri 6 24 STAT command A 6 36 STAT command B 7 22 States of the Ethernet Interface 3 3 States of the Interface 4 10 Station Manager Accessing the Station Manager 2 2 Advanced User Parameters 6 24 7 14 Command descriptions 7 1 Command syntax 4 8 Local Operation 2 2 Modify commands 4 4 Monitor commands 4 2 Operation in different states 4 11 Operation in different states of the Interface 4 10 Password 4 1 Remote Operation 2 4 Services 1 2 types 1 2 Using the GSM to access 2 3 Station Manager commands PING 5 6 TEST 5 2 Station Manager Configuration Param
130. d on the remote system just as if the command had been entered locally Thus the remote user and any local user of a given node all see the same security level TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G REPP Command The REPP command has the form REPP This command causes the results of the PING command to be reported The results may be for a currently running PING or otherwise the most recent PING command A typical REPP command is shown below repp lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 1 Received 1 No Timely Response 0 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 10 10 Interpretation of Test Results The line of output that begins Command identifies the actual PING command parameters used including default values for any optional parameters not specified on the command line to generate the results Sent indicates the number of Echo Request messages sent Received indicates the number of Echo Reply messages received within the expected response schedule of its corresponding Echo Request The response schedule begins when an Echo Request is sent and ends when the schedule time specified in the lt sch gt parameter of the PING command elapses No Timely Response indicates the number of times that no Echo Response message arrived within the response schedule of the corresponding Echo Request that is
131. d the size specified by the advanced user parameter maxdb For frame types other than TEST frames the frame was discarded for TEST frames the data within the frame was discarded and the frame was processed without data Check the remote sending station for correct frame length The remote stations MAC address is shown in Entries 3 5 107 Bad remote application request discarded request An unsolicited XID response frame was received This can be caused by a protocol error in a remote station The remote stations MAC address is shown in Entries 3 5 108 Bad remote application request discarded request An unsolicited TEST response frame was received This is usually caused when a remote station responds too slowly to a TEST Station Manager command from the reporting station The remote stations MAC address is shown in Entries 3 5 Increase the value of the TEST lt sch gt parameter If the problem persists and the reporting station is not sending a TEST cmd then some remote station on the network is generating a protocol error 10a LAN severe network problem attempting recovery Repeated collisions caused the transmitter to fail 16 attempts to send a message If the LAN stays Offline for more than 10 seconds it is likely caused by a disconnected damaged or unterminated network cable This report may also occur under normal network operation if your network has hundreds of nodes or is exceptionally busy In thi
132. d to GE Fanuc Table E 6 SCode Error Status Definitions for CFG Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0005 0x0006 Memory allocation error 0x0007 Invalid configuration data received from PLC CPU 0x0009 0x000a Invalid configuration parameter or value 0x000b Advanced User Parameter file is too large 0x000e A new configuration is being Stored to the PLC cannot process until Store completes 0x0012 Unknown Station Manager command was received 0x0018 Unable to read saved Advanced User Parameters from NVRAM NVRAM is corrupt 0x0019 Improper CPU response received Ox001a Ethernet Interface has not been configured Error Status Definitions for NVM Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the NVM subsystem ID 07H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 7 SCode Error Status Definitions for NVM Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0001 No data has been saved into NVRAM 0x0002 NVRAM data is corrupt Saved backup data has been lost Error Status Definitions for STA Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the STA subsystem ID 08H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 8 SCode Error Status Definitions for STA Subsystem
133. d using the PLC Programmer Refer to Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions for a list of possible log events Log events are entered in the Exception Log from top to bottom with the latest event being identified by gt If the Exception Log becomes full wrap around will occur back to the top of the Log with the entry of new log events The format of a log event as displayed by the Station Manager LOG command is shown below Entry Date Time Event Count 1 2 3 4 5 6 dd mmm yyyy hh mmss s XX XXXX XX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Date The Date column contains the system date of the last occurrence of the logged event Time The Time column contains the system time of the last occurrence of the logged event Event The Event column gives the kind of event which occurred Count The Count column contains a repetition count for the event If events which are identical occur regularly they might otherwise flood the log with useless entries Instead of recording each repeated event in detail the log simply keeps the time of the latest event and a count of the number of repetitions of the repeated event Log entries are generally retained on restart and reloads of the Ethernet Interface Entry The Entry columns contain detailed information about the event and is subdivided into 6 entries Entry 1 Entry 6 For Style B Station Manager modules extended information is available in the log This information can
134. date and time from the PLC CPU CLEAR Clear Extended Status buffer Error Log Tallies or Heap KILLMS Delete and close a specified Modbus TCP Server connection KILLSS Delete and close a specified SRTP Server connection LOAD Force Ethernet Interface software update LOGOUT Exit modify mode MAINT Restart the Interface and enter the Maintenance state NET Disable Enable network access at this Ethernet Interface OK Turns on STAT LED PING Sends ICMP echo request messages to remote station REM Send Station Manager command to remote station REPORT Report test results REPP Report ping results RESOLVE Resolve a Network Address Name into an IP address RESTART Restart the Ethernet Interface STOPP Stop an active PING command STOPT Stop an active TEST command TEST Send test frames to remote station s TRACE Turn on specific task trace flags The Ethernet Interface must be in the Maintenance state to execute this command Series 90 30 CPU364 only Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC639CMM321 FH or later only Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager 4 5 4 6 Table 4 4 Modify Commands for Style B Station Manager Command Description CHLTIME Change login timeout CHPARM Change a specified advanced user parameter CHSOSW Change Soft Switch data Not recommended if PLC CPU is configured properly CHTIME Change date and time Not recommended if Etherne
135. ditional response data was received at Task 0 Entry 3 contains the sequence number of the response System Error 1b LAN system software fault resuming Unexpected traffic was received at Task 0 Entry 3 identifies the traffic type System Error 1c LAN system software fault resuming An unexpected session was established with the CPU when one already existed The extra session should have no effect on normal operation System Error 1d LAN system software fault resuming An error was detected during a service request from the PLC to the Ethernet Interface Entry 3 identifies the failure 01 Unable to allocate a data buffer 02 Failure from BPD while retrieving more data Entry 4 contains the BPD error code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued System events System Error 20 Continued LAN system software fault resuming The Ethernet Interface has received a zero IP Address and an error has occurred while using BOOTP protocol to obtain an IP Address from a remote server on the network Unable to obtain an IP address the Ethernet Interface remains in Wait for IP Address state Entry 3 contains a status code
136. e O0O00 Load Request or Software Corrupted Software Load 2 Software Load Caused by Restart pushbutton pushed until bottom LED turns ON Station Manager LOAD command issued Detection of corrupt software 3 Waiting for IP Address Caused by Not configuring Interface using configuration software Configuring software with IP address 0 0 0 0 C New CPU with no configuration Waiting for CPU failure to communicate with Interface Configuration from 4 Continue to Maintenance or Operational Caused by PLC CPU IP address received from network BOOTP server max 2 minutes IP address entered by BOOTP Station Manager command 5 Maintenance Request Caused by Restart pushbutton pushed until bottom two LEDs turn ON Station Manager MAINT command issued X D Fatal System Error while in Operation State forced a restart IP address Q Waiting for 0 0 0 0 Q IP Address Symbols The LEDs are labeled from top to bottom as follows OK LAN SER STAT IP Address Received 4 The symbols used for the LEDs are defined as follows OQ OFF ON Maintenance Request or Maintenance Q x Slow Blink multiple slow blinking LEDs in unison x Fast Blink No Maintenance y Client and server capability disabled Traffic blinks when there is traffic on the line Uses default Advanced Parameters The process symbols are defined as follows Permits changes to Adva
137. e CRS Word See COMMREQ Status Word CSMA CD See Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection Data Communications Equipment DCE Examples Modems and transceivers Distinct from DTE Data Terminal Equipment Data Link Layer In Open Systems Interconnection architecture the layer Layer 2 that provides services to transfer data over a physical link between open systems Consists of the LLC and MAC sublayers Data Terminal Equipment Examples computers terminals printers Distinct from DCE Data Communications Equipment DCS Words See Detailed Channel Status Words TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Detailed Channel Status Words Two status words containing detailed information on a single Series 90 SRTP channel The DCS words are retrieved using the Retrieve Detailed Channel Status Command Directory Information Base DIB A collection of information used for directory services like name resolution In this document DIB refers to the DDP database which is actually distributed among all DDP devices instead of in a single name server See also Distributed Directory Protocol DDP Distributed Directory Protocol DDP The GE Fanuc proprietary protocol used to provide distributed name service on a TCP IP Ethernet network The distributed nature of DDP means that there is no centralized name server Domain Name System DNS The predominant name service protocol used b
138. e Automatic restart due to restart command from PLC CPU firmware This code may also be displayed on power up if the board was not powered down long enough to clear RAM ff Restart due to unknown reason When restarting after exit from the firmware loader Entry 4 indicates the reason for entering the firmware loader b Firmware load due to corrupted Primary Ethernet firmware 10 Firmware load requested by user via CPU serial port GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 49 Table B 5 Configuration Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 2 This event is logged when a System exception event occurs Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most Configuration events contain a SCode status value Configuration CFG events Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 0 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred during primary firmware initialization Entry 3 contains an internal error code indicating the subsystem that failed The details are found in the SCode value This exception event will only be logged if that individual subsystem has not already logged an exception 1 LAN system software fault resuming Configuration subsystem task 0 failed to properly register with the PLC Driver subsystem There is no communication with the CPU The details are found in the SCode val
139. e BPD MDU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Entry 4 contains the backplane transfer class code associated with the transfer Valid class codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 19H LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a new backplane transfer tracking structure failed Entry 3 contains the backplane transfer class code to be used with the transfer Valid class codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 19H Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to allocate a status update structure failed LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A NULL COMMREQ data block pointer was detected Bad remote application request discarded request Mailbox traffic of unexpected type arrived from the remote Service Request Processor Entry 3 identifies the aborted channel number Entry 4 identifies the traffic type Bad local application request discarded request A segment selector that the Channel API does not support was used in specifying the COMMREQ Status Word reference address Entry 3 contains the offending segment selector code value Entry 4 contains the COMMREQ command value of the command using the offending segment selector B 34 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued
140. e Cause and Resolution Code Event 1b This event is logged when a SRTP Server exception event occurs Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most SRTP Server SRTP Server p events contain a SCode status value events Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl SRTP Server subsystem was not initialized after a PLC powerup or Ethernet restart Servicing of SRTP communication requests will fail Entry 3 contains a code indicating the reason for the failure LAN system software fault resuming Error requesting an operating system service LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server was not able to close the listen socket when the maximum number of SRTP Server connections was established Subsequent attempts to establish an SRTP Server connection will fail until the PLC is restarted LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server was not able to re open a listen port upon termination of an SRTP connection Subsequent attempts to establish an SRTP Server connection will fail until the PLC is restarted LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server lost the internal mechanism necessary to handle changes in module configuration and to process the keep alive timer that will terminate an SRTP connection that enters a state it cannot exit LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server lost the keep
141. e gt lt cnt gt lt sch gt lt len gt lt pat gt These numbers are displayed in hexadecimal regardless of how you entered them Init node identifies the MAC address of the initiating node how many test command frames it sent and how many nodes responded Following this there is a list perhaps a list of one of the responding nodes MAC Addresses with the corresponding number of test Responses received Responses with error and No Responses Response recd is the total number of responses received from that node Frames containing CRC or other communication errors are not received but are discarded Response w err refers to frames that were received i e they were included in the count of Responses recd The initiating node compares the test data of all responses to the current test data which always varies from the preceding frame because of the sequence number in the first byte position Any received frame that does not compare is counted as a Response with error The most common cause of this indication is that the lt sch gt parameter in the TEST command is set to too short an interval This should be avoided by increasing lt sch gt Also some manufacturers products while replying to the test command do not return the data field this will cause all their Responses received to also tally a Response with error No Response is computed as the difference between the number of test comm
142. e in the Maintenance state to execute this command The CHMYNAME command has the form CHMYNAME lt name gt def where lt name gt is a character string of 1 to 31 characters containing the new DDP Network Address Name The CHMYNAME command changes the DDP Network Address Name of this Ethernet Interface This comand is permitted only when the DDP Network Address Name is obtained from internal backup data When the DDP Network Address Name is obtained from the PLC Configuration stored into the PLC CPU changes must be made in the PLC Configuration The existing DDP Network Address Name is deleted and replaced by the specified name If def is entered the factory Default DDP Network Address Name for this Ethernet Interface is used The Ethernet Interface attempts to register the name with DDP across the network an error occurs if the name is already in use When such a DDP name conflict occurs the conflicting name is not registered in this Ethernet Interface Upon successful registration of the DDP Network Address Name it is backed up into non volatile memory A typical CHMYNAME command is shown below chmyname Fred Network adapter name is changed to Fred For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 7 s CHNAMETBL Comma
143. e is automatically restarted NOTE If this error occurs within 5 minutes of a prior restart the LAN Interface will be forced into the Maintenance Utility System Error 387 LAN system software fault restarted LAN I F This error occurs when the Ethernet Interface has exhausted all internal memory buffers Since continued operation may not be reliable the Ethernet Interface is automatically restarted The size of the request when this condition occurred is given in Entry 3 This error is caused by too many COMMREQs for this Ethernet Interface insufficient processing capacity at the Ethernet Interface excessive network traffic for this Ethernet Interface or an excessively long PLC scan time System Error 3e7 LAN system software fault restarted LAN I F This error is caused by a request to release a buffer which is either still on a queue or not on an even boundary This is a catastrophic system software error and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA The Ethernet Interface is automatically restarted NOTE If this error occurs within 5 minutes of a prior restart the LAN Interface will be forced into the Maintenance Utility System Error cece Module software corrupted requesting reload This error occurs when the system detects an incorrect checksum in the primary software loaded into flash memory This is a catastrophic error The Ethernet Interface is restarted with entry into the Software Load state NOTE
144. e operating speed O auto detect 1 10Mbit 2 100Mbit for Port 2 0 1 2 SNTP Parameters task n none UDP Parameters task u none SRTP Server Parameters task v none TCP Parameters task w wnodelay TCP nodelay option 0 inactive 1 active 0 1 0 wkal_idle TCP keepalive timer value in seconds 0 65535 ffffH 7200 seconds 2 0 hours wkal_cnt TCP keepalive probe count 0 65535 ffffH 8 wkal_intvl TCP keepalive probe interval in seconds 0 65535 ffffH 75 seconds wsnd_buf TCP send buffer size in bytes 0 32767 7fffH 4096 1000H wrcv_buf TCP receive buffer size in bytes 0 32767 7fffH 4096 1000H GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 15 PING Command The PING command has the form PING lt node gt lt cnt gt lt sch gt lt len gt where lt node gt is the IP address of the remote node to be pinged i e to be sent ICMP Echo Request messages Enter in standard IP dotted decimal form lt cnt gt is the number of times the ping is to be repeated Default is 1 Range is 0 through ffffH lt sch gt specifies the maximum amount of time to wait for a reply to each ping The timeout interval is expressed in 10 millisecond units Default is 1 10 milliseconds Range is 0 through 7fffH A value of 0 results in the value of 100 1 second delay used
145. e state MYNAME Command The MYNAME command has the form MYNAME The MYNAME command displays the DDP Network Address Name used by this Interface for DDP operation The output of this command is as follows gt myname Network Address Name is cato Network Address Name from PLC config For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual 6 20 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G NAMETBL Command The NAMETBL command has the form NAMETBL The NAMETBL command displays the Name Table The Name Table for each Ethernet Interface is intended to be supplied by the PLC Configurator stored into the PLC CPU and delivered to the Ethernet Interface along with Soft Switch configuration at each startup The output of this command is as follows gt nametbl lt lt lt Name Table gt gt gt Name Table from PLC Config Number of entries 3 Network Address Name IP Address cato 10 0 0 1 anthony 10 0 0 2 jerry 10 0 0 3 For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual NET Command GFK 1186G The NET command has the form NET ON OFF This command causes the MAC task within the Ethernet Interface to either ignore incoming and outgoing Ethernet fra
146. e type code of the PDU Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An unknown command was received in a CPU message Entry 4 is the command code from the PLC Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An unsupported mailbox type was received within a CPU message Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request A message was received which contained unknown Ids Entry 3 may contain the type code of the PDU Entry 4 may contain the internal PLC handle LAN system software fault resuming A bad index value into the machine table arrived Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request A bad handle within mail from the CPU arrived Local request to send was rejected discarded request A DGRAM request failed Bad remote application request Discarded request An unexpected PDU arrived at the UDP in function Entry 3 is the type code of the PDU Bad remote application request Discarded request A UDP frame arrived with an unexpected UDP port Entry 3 is the type code of the PDU LAN system software fault resuming Registration of task with backplane driver failed Entry 3 contains the status code returned by the Backplane Driver See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Attempt to send message to backplane driver failed Entry 3 contains the status code returned by
147. ecommended for normal operation The CHSNTP command modifies the manual override table and forces the Ethernet Interface module to enter manual override mode for SNTP operations This command is intended for specialized applications where it is necessary to temporarily override the automatic SNTP server selection algorithm While in manual override mode the Ethernet Interface will only accept SNTP messages from the servers whose IP addresses are listed in the manual override table Messages from all other servers will be ignored by the module The Ethernet Interface will remain in the manual override mode until the module is restarted or power cycled Deleting all entries in the manual override table does not result in a return to automatic server selection mode The manual override table if present will be displayed in the screen output for CHSNTP and SNTP commands This table is not retained across module restarts nor power cycles The CHSNTP command has the following form CHSNTP USE DELETE lt ip address gt lt ip addr gt lt ip addr gt lt ip addr gt Up to four IP addresses in dotted decimal format will be accepted If more than four are entered only the first four will be added to the table Since the manual override table only holds four entries it s impossible to delete more than four servers from the manual override table The zero IP address 0 0 0 0 is not allowed The CHSNTP USE form of the command replaces the
148. ected at a point along a common continuous cable which has no loops and only two endpoints Link Service Access Point LSAP A Data Link layer SAP A single byte that identifies the routing of data received by the network node LIS Bits See LAN Interface Status Bits Local Address Administration Address administration in which all LAN individual addresses are unique within the same Local Area Network See also Global Address Administration Local Area Network LAN A computer network located on a user s premises within a limited geographical area Local Broadcast A transmission which is directed to every available receiver in the local IP subnet of the transmitter A local broadcast is never routed to LANs outside of the local IP subnet Local Station The station at your immediate location i e here See also Remote Station Log Events Events recorded in the system exception log for the LAN Interface The maximum number of events in the exception log is 16 Logical Link Control LLC Protocol In a Local Area Network the protocol that governs the exchange of frames between network nodes independently of how the transmission medium is shared MAC Address The Medium Access Control MAC address is a 12 digit hexadecimal number that identifies a node on a local network Each Ethernet Interface has its own unique MAC address Medium Access Control MAC Ina local area network LAN the part of the protocol that governs wri
149. ed 19 APR 2002 15 51 51 9 Log initialized using valid RAM information Log last cleared 19 APR 2002 15 46 27 4 Date Time Event Count Entry 2 through Entry 6 gt 19 APR 2002 15 51 46 9 1H 1H 0000H 0001H 0000H 0000H 0000H Date The Date column contains the system date of the last occurrence of the logged event Time The Time column contains the system time of the last occurrence of the logged event The timestamp used is the current date and time of day as known by the Ethernet Interface This is the same time that is displayed by the DATE and TIME commands and changed by the CHDATE and CHTIME commands Event The Event column gives the kind of event which occurred Events are described in Appendix B Count The Count column contains a repetition count for the event If identical events occur regularly they might flood the log with useless entries Instead of recording each repeated event in detail the log simply keeps the time of the latest event and a count of the number of repetitions of the repeated event Log entries are retained on restarts and reloads of the Ethernet Interface Entry The Entry columns contain detailed information about the event and is subdivided into 6 entries Entry 1 Entry 6 GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 9 7 10 The Z option to the LOG command covers additional information to be displayed This additional information causes each line of the log display
150. ed feature in configuration The PLC Configuration contains too many data files for the Ethernet Interface file delivery cannot occur Check that PLC Configuration is correct This fault normally puts the PLC into STOP FAULT mode Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 is an internal code that specifies all data files in the PLC Configuration The upper byte contains the number of Name Resolution files The lower byte contains the number of Application Data files System Error 36 LAN system software fault resuming An OMF checksum error was detected in a received data file the contents of the data file are not available Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 indicates the file in error 0 7 Application specific data file 100 Name Resolution file This file may include Name Multiple Gateway Routing or Redundant IP configuration data System Error 37 LAN system software fault resuming An improperly formatted or corrupt configuration file was received the contents of the file are not available Some module configuration data may have been lost Try to store the configuration again If the error persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 indicates the file in error See Entry 4 description for System Error 36 System Error 38 LA
151. edcn le E AEE ANEA 7 24 XCHANGE Command cise seis eit E ila hea ae as 7 26 vi Appendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix D Appendix E COS SAE V OE E A ea casaswsice cans av eh ca Ba ew na T E A 1 Commonly Used Acronyms and Abbreviations 0 ccccecscecesseceeneceeeeeceeeeenaeeeeaeectenees A 2 Glossary OF Terms eonen ea eao e tea ae aE oder n EE A e A E a ea EE A 3 Exception Log Event Descriptions secesocesooessoeessccssocesocesoosssocessecssocesocesooseso B 1 Exception Log Rvents i s sais ais edd len hile seeds B 2 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FG or later only c sccccsesseeeees B 2 Figure B 1 Visual Reference for Log Events within the Series 90 Ethernet Interface Software for Style A Station Manager B 3 Figure B 2 Visual Reference for Log Events within the Series 90 Ethernet Interface Software for Style B Station Manager cee eesceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeeneeeseeeseeenaeenaees B 3 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager cece ceesceseceseceeeeeeeeeseeeees B 4 Exception Log Event Codes for Style B Station Manager ces eeeeesseceseceseceneeeeeees B 48 Taly Descriptions cosssericcenasscedcesaccenencescwsassasdacnhecsiaesusa edanekavsanaynuracseunesauceeiastenenars C 1 Tallies for Style A Station Manager 0 ese eseeceseesceessecnsecesecesceceaecsaecsaecsaeeesaecsaeenseeees C 2 Tallies for Style B Station Manager cece eseeeeessseesseeeeeeeecsaceeseecseeesaecnaeseaeeesa
152. eenaees C 12 Tally Counters H eyotin nee eoe Mecebtesatoenidetedetoatanbeaghelesansedaguonte siete e EE EA C 12 IP Address Assignment for Style B Station Manager esssessseessecssocesoossooseoo D 1 IP Address Assignment Using Telnet ieee eseeseeseecsseceseceseceseesseeeseesseesseeeeseeeseeeees D 1 The setip Utility ascites tn ale tence tanthiall E E E E aE D 2 Status Codes in the Exception Log ccssccssssscssssccsssscsssssccsssscsssscsssssssesees E 1 SCode Subsystem ID Definitions roniesericiieitsiipis i iiaii E TE E 2 SCode Error Status Definitions for Subsystems essesessseseeesesressssresresressesreseresresseseesss E 3 Error Status Definitions for DIAG Subsystems 0 cee ceeceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeneesnes E 3 Error Status Definitions for ERR Subsystem cece ceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeceseeeseeeeneeenes E 3 Error Status Definitions for SMI Subsystem eee ceeceseceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeeseeeeeeeenes E 4 Error Status Definitions for BPD Subsystem 0 eee eesceseceseceseeeeeeeseeeeseeeseeeeneeenes E 4 Error Status Definitions for CFG Subsystems ce cesceseceseceseeeseeeeeeeseeeeseeeeneenes E 5 Error Status Definitions for NVM Subsystem cee ceeceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeneeeneeeneeenaes E 5 Error Status Definitions for STA Subsystem cece ceeceeeeeeeeceeeceseeeeeeeeneeeseeeneeenaes E 5 Error Status Definitions for SRTP Server Subsystem ce eeeeeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee E 6 Erro
153. eeresrresene 2 4 Troubleshooting s src os vaensecass seus csviewnsduasessdepessonevensnnedonncnesesnasoncgeis 3 1 Diagnostic Tools Available for Troubleshooting ceecescesecsseceeeeeseeeseeeeseeeseeesneeeaes 3 2 States of the Ethernet Interface le nR e E EE E e e Eeee a Ee ia EEE at 3 3 Hardware Failure State secie arai dees E E EEA ATE EET 3 3 Software Load Staterna ea e rE a a ET a dtd AEE eee 3 4 Waiting for IP Address Statesoceeainenier ereitea inei i e a 3 4 The Maintenance State cere enoii te orete e E eree EEE E cba Eea T Ea o Etas 3 5 The Operational State ienctenn an a a a a T R tgetieetics 3 5 Troubleshooting Using the LEDS ssessesssessseessssressissessrsstesresresresresserttsseentesrentestesresressese 3 7 Powering up the Ethernet Interface 00 cece ceseeesecsseceseceeceseceseesseessneeseeeeseessneeeaes 3 7 Problems During Power Upinis ineeie enol neata etae aee e e EEEO EEOAE 3 7 States of the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 and the Type 2 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface IC697CMM742 ssesesseesesereessresrissrrsrrsresresrreserrsse 3 8 States of the Series 90 30 CPU364 Ethernet Interface oe eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 10 States of the Series 90 30 CPU374 Ethernet Interface 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 3 12 Troubleshooting Using the Station Manager sce eesesseeesecsseceseceseceseecsaecssecsseenseeees 3 14 Tasks for Modules Using Style A Station Manager cee eeeeeseceseceseceseeceeeeseeees
154. em date to the date specified in the command No date earlier than Jan 1 1989 may be entered If an invalid date is entered the current date is not changed Date changes remain in effect until the Ethernet Interface is powered up or restarted This command affects only the Ethernet Interface it does not alter the date kept in the PLC CPU Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only If the Ethernet Interface is configured to use Network Time Synchronization this command is allowed only if the module is not synchronized with a network time server A typical CHDATE command is shown below chdate 24 MAY 1990 Date 24 MAY 1990 CHLTIME Command 6 6 The CHLTIME command has the form CHLTIME lt minutes gt where lt minutes gt is a login timeout value expressed in minutes which has a range of 0 to 32767 The CHLTIME command is used to change the secure login timeout value This change remains in effect until it is explicitly changed or until the next LOGOUT command is entered If the number of minutes specified is zero secure login timeout is not enforced A typical CHLTIME command is shown below chltime 5 Login timeout 5 min Note that the secure logout timeout clock is suspended during execution of a TEST TRACE or PING command TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G CHMYNAME Command Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only The Ethernet Interface must b
155. ent Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 15 Exception Log Events The error codes in Table B 1 appear in the Event column of a log event To view the log issue the LOG command from the Station Manager then refer to Table B 2 for a description of the log event Table B 1 Exception Log Event Definitions Log Event Power up diagnostic events Power up A log entry of this event will appear every time the Ethernet Interface is Restarted or powered up System events PLC driver events LLC events ERR events Station Manager events Common utility events IP events TCP events Toolkit XTI events Toolkit shell events Toolkit user events ARP events ICMP events Application specific events SRTP Server events Channel API events IGMP events Modbus TCP Channel API events Modbus TCP Server events Non volatile memory backup events Naming Services events Ethernet Global Data events SNTP events Runtime Diagnostics evetns 1 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FG or later only B 2 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Figure B 1 Visual Reference for Log Events within the Series 90 Ethernet ntertace Software for Style A Station Manager Series 90 70 30 PLC Backplane PLC a Driver g Modbus TGP Modbus TOP SATP Channel J Ethemet Interface Oe Server Channel API Server s 1f m 1e v 1b A fio Naming 1 3
156. equence number LAN system software fault resuming PLC completed a response earlier than expected Entry 4 contains the current transfer state Idle Waiting to receive more request data from user Waiting for response from PLC CPU Waiting to deliver more response data to user Waiting to deliver more PLC request data to user Waiting for response from user Waiting to receive more response data from user GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 11 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 8 Entry 2 codes Continued PLC Driver 5 Comm Req Bad task ID programmed COMMREQ from PLC for unknown Ethernet Interface task the COMMREQ was ignored without response Entry 4 contains the task ID received from the Continued PLC events LAN system software fault resuming Received PLC response for unknown request Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number of the stray response LAN system software fault resuming Bad message type from PLC Entry 4 contains the message type code received LAN system software fault resuming Timed out waiting for PLC response Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number for this transaction Entry 5 contains the task ID for this transaction LAN system software fault resuming Request from PLC CPU contained an invalid SRTP command value Entry 3 contai
157. er in the hierarchy Physical Address The unique physical layer address associated with a particular node on the Local Area Network LAN Ethernet physical addresses are typically assigned by the manufacturer See for comparison Internet Address Producer In Ethernet Global Data a device such as a PLC that periodically produces new samples of data data exchange See also Consumer Exchange Producer ID In Ethernet Global Data a dotted decimal number used to uniquely identify a Producer device such as an entire PLC system on the network See also Producer Consumer Exchange Protocol A set of rules for exchanging messages between two communicating processes Protocol Data Unit PDU Information that is delivered as a unit between peer entities of a local area network LAN and that contains control information address information and may contain data Remote Station A station located elsewhere on the network See also Local Station Repeater Ina Local Area Network LAN a device that amplifies and regenerates signals to extend the range of transmission between network nodes or to interconnect two or more segments A repeater connects network nodes at the Physical Layer ISO layer 1 Responding Station A station which generates a message in response to a command that was directed to the station TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Round Trip Propagation Time Twi
158. erns on the module See Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Hardware Failure and Software Load States The Station Manager is not active in the Hardware Failure and Software Load states Waiting for IP Address State The Station Manager is active in this state The Station Manager functionality and prompt displayed depends on whether the Ethernet Interface will transition to the Maintenance state or the Operational state after it receives an IP address If the Interface will transition to the Maintenance state the Station Manager prompt is If the Interface will transition to the Operational state the Station Manager prompt is gt Tasks which require an IP address are not functional in this state See also Differences in Station Manager Operation at the end of this section Maintenance State The Station Manager is active in the Maintenance state and always uses the Modify command level without the necessity of logging in The Station Manager prompt is Additionally the NODE command displays lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt and the reason for invoking Maintenance state For modules using the Style A Station Manager the CHPARM and CHSOSW commands are available only in the Maintenance state See also Differences in Station Manager Operation at the end of this section TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Operational State The Station Manager is ful
159. ers for the specified task s are not displayed use the SOSW command to display such parameters The PARM command has the form PARM lt task gt s gt all where lt task gt specifies a task identifier see Table 4 3 A typical PARM command is shown below gt parm i lt lt lt IP Parameters gt gt gt Default Value User Set Value ittl 64 0040H ifrag q sz 5 0005H imax frag 23 0017H ifrag_ttl 16 0010H ifrag_tmr 100 0064H A special form of this command displays all advanced user parameters gt parm all A complete list of all advanced user parameters is provided in Table 6 2 Note The output from this command may scroll off the screen GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 23 s Style A Station Manager Advanced User Parameters There are no advanced user parameters for tasks c h j m s u and v Time values are in number of 10ms units and buffer sizes are in number of bytes unless otherwise specified Table 6 2 Style A Station Manager Advanced User Parameters Parameter Description System Memory Parameters parm b Remote command UDP port 18245 4745H Remote command LSAP 00e8H Remote command priority 0 0000H Station Manager password only visible from MODIFY system prompt Default Value staudp stalsap stapri stpasswd Data Link Parameters parm 1 Disable automatic TX backoff retransmission 0000H Selects hal
160. estamp Reply messages received InAdrM icmpInAddrMasks The number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received InAdrMRp icmpInAddrMaskReps The number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received OtMsgs icmpOutMsgs The total number of ICMP messages attempted to send OtErrors icmpOutErrors The number of ICMP messages not sent due to problems discovered within ICMP OeTimeEx _GempOutTimeteds OISreQch _GempOusSe Quench OeTmSp __ GempOuiTimesamps OtAdrM GempOutAdarMass Filtered Number of ICMP messages ignored because they were not directly addressed to this node or because this node has detected an invalid address for an incoming IP or ICMP message GFK 1186G Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 5 Table C 8 IGMP Tallies part of Tally j 2 Series 90 30 CPU364 only Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only 2 Table C 9 Data Link Tallies Tally I Unreg Number of 802 3 frames received and discarded because the destination LSAP was not configured in the node Number of frames received and discarded because the destination LSAP had the value zero LsapOfl Number of LLC service requests rejected due to lack of LSAP table space A non zero value in this tally indicates an Ethernet Interface system software error and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation immediately EthUnreg Number of Ethernet frames received and discarded because the destination Protocol was not configured in the node MacErr
161. esuming An event has arrived to an SRTP Server state machine and no transition exists for the event in the machine s current state Entry 4 contains an internally significant event code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL transaction machine pointer detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL connection machine pointer detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL pointer was detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A work block with NULL transaction and connection machine pointers was detected Entry 4 contains the event code associated with the work GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 27 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Los Evem code Possible Cause and Reston Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP server event 21 Bad remote application request discarded request Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution A PDU arrived in a state in which the SRTP connection cannot handle it Entry 4 contains a code indicating the PDU type Valid PDU type codes are as follows Connect Request Connect Response Data Request Data Response Unconfirmed Request Error Request Destinations Request Destinations Response Session Request Continued AAIDNFKWNFK OO Entry 5 contains a code indicating the state of the SRTP connection Valid st
162. eters 6 24 7 14 Station Manager Control Characters 7 2 Status Data 3 2 Status Extended 6 14 staudp 6 24 STOPP command A 6 36 STOPP command B 7 22 STOPT command A 6 37 stpasswd 6 24 Style A ARP Tallies Tally f C 2 Style A Channel Tallies Tally f C 2 Style A Data Link Tallies part of Tally 1 C 6 Style A EGD Tallies Tally g C 11 Style A ICMP Tallies Tally j C 5 Style A IGMP Tallies part of tally j C 6 Style A IP Router Tallies part of Tally i C 4 Style A IP Tallies Tally i C 3 Style A MAC Layer Tallies part of Tally 1 C 7 C 8 Style A Name Resolution Talies Tally r C 8 Style A PLC Driver Tallies Tally c C 1 C 2 Style A SQE C 7 Style A SRTP Server Tallies Tally v C 9 Style A Station Manager Command descriptions 6 1 Style A Station Manager commands BOOTP 6 3 BROWSEDDP 6 4 CHANNEL 6 5 CHDATE 6 6 CHLTIME 6 6 CHMYNAME 6 7 CHNAMETBL 6 8 CHPARM 6 9 CHSNTP 6 11 CHSOSW 6 12 CHTIME 6 13 CLEAR 6 13 Index Index DATE 6 14 EXS 6 14 HELP 6 15 KILLSS 6 16 LOAD 6 17 LOG 6 18 LOGIN 6 19 LOGOUT 6 19 LTIME 6 20 MAINT 6 20 MYNAME 6 20 NAMETBL 6 21 NET 6 21 NODE 6 22 OK 6 22 PARM 6 23 PING 6 28 PROG Command A 6 28 RDNIP Command A 6 29 REM 6 29 REPORT 6 30 REPP 6 31 RESOLVE 6 32 RESTART 6 32 ROUTETBL 6 33 SNTP 6 34 SOSW 6 35 STAT 6 36 STOPP 6 36 STOPT 6 37 TALLY 6 37 TEST 6 38 TIME 6 39
163. example the address 10 0 0 1 is shown as OAOOH 0001H B 46 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 29 Entry 2 codes Continued SNTP events 4 LAN system software fault resuming The module failed to open the UDP port dedicated to SNTP service The SNTP continued feature will be automatically disabled LAN system software fault resuming The module was unable to close the UDP port dedicated to SNTP service The SNTP feature may not work properly again until the module is restarted LAN system software fault resuming The module was unable to join the multicast group dedicated to SNTP service The SNTP feature will be automatically disabled LAN system software fault resuming The module was unable to leave the multicast group dedicated to SNTP service The SNTP feature will be automatically disabled and may not function properly again until the module is restarted LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized synchronization status code was detected This is an internal software error The SNTP feature may not work properly again until the module is restarted LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized software timer identifier was detected This is an internal software error LAN system software fau
164. f duplex 0 or full duplex 1 0000H Group RX addresses 0 7 0 lt lt 0100000000000 gt gt 1 7 0 Station MAC address lt lt 000000000000 gt gt Maximum LLC buffer size 1497 05d9H Size of receive ring log2 The actual size of the ring is 2 0007H raised to the specified power Size of transmit ring log2 The actual size of the ring is 2 0007H raised to the specified power z lgl gla 6 a j KIBJE gl jy x10 es SJal 5 2 3l l Slee 4 8 g g XID frame response timeout 100 0064H IP Parameters parm i Time to live parameter hop count 0040H 0017H Fragment time to live parameter hop count 0010H Fragment timeout interval 100 O 0064H TCP Parameters parm w Minimum retry timeout interval 0064H Maximum retry timeout interval 1000 03e8H 00 Maximum number of TCP connections 20 0 1 0 Maximum fragment size 7 7 100 Fragment queue size 0017H 100 2 Jele TE BET a Ssisis ss ga Iya S Jaa BEE od n oo N wmax_to 0014H informational only this parameter is not changeable Maximum number of retries 000aH Two minimum segment life times 0001H Persist time interval Obb8H ACK delay time interval 5 0032H Maximum length of datagram input queue 0002H Maximum input queue length 0002H Maximum urgent queue length 0002H Maximum segment size 1460 05b4H Send buffer size 2104 0838H wtwo_seq_lt wpersis
165. f the SRTP connection Entry 3 contains a code indicating the PDU type Valid PDU type codes are as follows 0 Connect Request Connect Response Data Request Data Response Unconfirmed Request Error Request Destinations Request Destinations Response o Ny AUA A U Ne Session Request Entry 4 contains a code indicating the state of the SRTP connection Valid state codes are as follows 1 IDLE 2 OPENING 3 ESTABLISHED 4 CLOSING 5 TERMINATE LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request An SRTP connection could not be created due to either the enforcement of a maximum limit on the number of SRTP connections or an internal error that prevents processing of an establish connection request such as system resource exhaustion LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to increment an SRTP Server tally failed Entry 3 contains the ID of the tally that failed to be incremented LAN system software fault resuming SRTP Server dropped a keep alive timer tick Timing of keep alive timer processing may be temporarily skewed LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to restart SRTP Server failed Bad remote application request discarded request A PDU arrived with a version field number higher than the SRTP protocol version supported by SRTP Server Entry 3 contains the version number of the PDU Entry 4 contains the SRTP version supported by the SRTP Server Bad remote application request
166. fault resuming Error in accessing the semaphore for an exchange Details of the error are found in the SCode Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An unexpected PLC service has been received Entry 3 is an internal identification code This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 65 B 66 Table B 13 Ethernet Global Data EGD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 28 Event 2 entries continued Ethernet 10 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Global Data An unrecognized message has been received from the PLC Entry 3 contains the EGD events command code from the unrecognized message This is an internal error and continued should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An improperly formed message has been received from the PLC Entry 3contains the size of any data with this message This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Error in allocating memory for internal EGD communication Entry 3 contains the size of the requested allocation LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized message has been received from the PLC Entry 3 contains he command code fr
167. fault resuming Task 0 is unable to register with the PLC Backplane Driver The Ethernet Interface is unable to communicate with the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the BPD error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 A value of zero indicates that BPD is not communicating with the Service Request Processor in this case Entry 4 will be 1 System Error 13 LAN system software fault resuming A COMMREQ was received for Task 0 that was too large A COMMREQ may not exceed 250 bytes System Error 14 LAN system software fault resuming Unable to allocate a data buffer for Task 0 The Ethernet Interface is unable to communicate with the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the size of the requested buffer System Error 16 Comm_req Wait mode not allowed A WAIT mode Comm Req was received The Ethernet Interface supports only NOWAIT mode COMMREQs Check the contents of the COMMREQ Entry 3 contains a message type code System Error 18 LAN system software fault resuming The Service Request Processor in the PLC CPU has returned an error to a Task 0 request Entry 3 contains the request code Entry 4 contains the response error code System Error 19 LAN system software fault resuming An unexpected response was received at Task 0 Entry 3 contains the sequence number of the response System Error la LAN system software fault resuming Unexpected ad
168. fault recurs please report it to GE Fanuc Same fault for both reports It is remotely possible that error codes 122 12b may occur due to a transient system fault Because of this possibility an attempt is made to recover without manual intervention by restarting the LAN Controller thus rerunning power up diagnostics If a hardware fault is detected the LAN Controller will be held in reset To prevent repeated restarts and to protect the network the LAN IF will instead Switch Offline from the Network rather than Restart if this fault occurs within 5 minutes of startup B 18 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 11 This event is logged by the IP layer IP events Entry 3 of any IP exception is a code uniquely identifying the software component of IP which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 Config d gateway addr bad can t talk off local net Configured default gateway address does not have same network ID as the Interface s IP address During initialization the netid part of the Gateway Address configured for this station was found to be different from the netid part of the IP Address configured for this station Since the gateway must be on the same local network as this station there is an er
169. fferent from that of the PLC CPU It should be noted that the timestamp information in the Exception Log is based on the internal clock of the Ethernet Interface but the timestamp in the PLC Fault Table is based on the internal clock of the PLC CPU If the Ethernet Interface is configured to use Network Time Synchronization the time stamp in EGD exchange data is based on the internal clock of the Ethernet Interface that produces that particular exchange For exchanges that are produced by an Ethernet Interface not configured to use Network Time Synchronization the timestamp in EGD exchange data will be based on the internal clock of the PLC CPU If desired the Ethernet Interface s date and time may be set using the Station Manager If Network Time Synchronization is enabled however time updates from the network time server will take precedence and Station Manager cannot be used to change the Ethernet Interface s date and time settings Note Series 90 30 PLC CPU models 311 323 do not support date and time The Ethernet Interface date and time will revert to midnight January 1 1989 at startup GFK 1186G Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager 4 7 Station Manager Command Syntax Chapter 6 7 Command Descriptions provides an alphabetical listing of the commands Each entry describes the input and output for each command All commands have the format of a command followed by a variable number of arguments separated by space
170. ffset in request TooLong CMP error responses because response is too large for UDP packet PduErr CMP error responses due to PDU encoding error RejRcv CMP Reject responses received from network RejSnt CMP Reject responses sent to network Timeout CMP application timeouts UnscC Number of times data from the network was overwritten before being transferred to the PLC Stale Produced exchanges sent without fresh PLC data StatErr Number of samples that were discarded due to an invalid status in the message Table C 23 Network Interface Tallies task I Tally Description RevUniPk Unicast packets received from network RevMcPkt Multicast packets received from network DiscPkt Received packets discarded by Network Interface RevError Error packets received from network UnkProto Received packets discarded due to unknown protocol SndUniPk Unicast packets sent to network SndMcPkt Multicast packets sent to network SndError Outbound packets discarded due to errors SndDscd Outbound packets discarded The following are Detailed Network Interface Tallies RxCntOvr Number of FIFO overflows in the receiver EthCint Number of Ethernet Controller Interrupts detected TxComp Number of completed transmissions TxDscAct Number of transmissions that encountered an unexpected inactive descriptor This may result in a partial transfer of a frame TxUnder Number of
171. figured the Ethernet Interface cannot fully operate The tasks which require an IP address to function SRTP Channel API task h SRTP server task v Modbus TCP Channel API task m Modbus TCP Server task s TCP task w EGD task g IP task i ICMP task j UDP task u Naming Services task r and part of ARP task f will not be operational Station Manager commands that access these tasks will display results that reflect the tasks inoperable state Remote Station Manager operation using IP addressing or Naming Services is not possible until a valid IP address is received Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later only GFK 1186G Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager 4 1 4 12 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Chapter 5 GFK 1186G Testing on the Network This chapter describes how to verify operation of the physical network to provide the necessary foundation for reliable communications This procedure will ensure that The cable plant is functional The physical connection of each node is functional All transmission paths meet or exceed the expected low bit error rate When you are testing the network be sure there is an adequate explanation for anything unusual Logging of exceptions should be the exception not the rule Properly setup nodes and networks can run for long periods weeks or months without logging exceptions Note
172. for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G CHANNEL Command The CHANNEL command has the form CHANNEL lt channel number gt This command displays detailed information about a specified communication channel activated via an Establish Channel COMMREQ command originating within the local PLC A typical CHANNEL command for an active channel is shown below gt channel 1 lt lt lt Individual Channel Information gt gt gt Type read State AWAIT BPX Application Visible Detailed Channel Status Information Status Code 0001H Active 1 Application Invisible Detailed Channel Status Information Transfers Completed 138 Error Transfer Number 0 Establish Channel COMM REQ Information CRSW Reference Address zero based 00008 00009 Command Code 2003 Channel Number 1 Reps 0 Period Time Unit Code 3 Repetition Period 0 Timeout 50 10ms tics Local Reference Address 00008 00100 Remote Reference Address 00008 00050 Number of Remote References to Access 8 Remote Address Type 1 Remote Address Word Length 4 Remote IP Address 10 0 0 1 GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 5 s CHDATE Command Not recommended if the Ethernet Interface obtains the correct date from the PLC CPU The CHDATE command has the form CHDATE lt DD MMM YYYY gt an example date is 01 JAN 1989 This command is used to change the syst
173. ger Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 8 Entry 2 codes Continued PLC Driver events 35 Not reported to PLC Fault Table Continued Ethernet Interface CPU communications timeout during restart or load 36 Module state doesn t permit Comm_Req request discarded The Ethernet Interface does not accept COMMREQS when the Interface has not been configured via the PLC Configuration software Configure the Ethernet Interface prior to sending COMMREQS to the Interface Also the ladder program should not have issued a COMMREQ while in this state Bit 16 LANIFOK in the LAN Interface Status bits is 0 LAN system software fault resuming A message was received from the PLC for an unknown Ethernet Interface task the message was ignored without response Entry 4 contains the task ID received from the PLC LAN system software fault resuming A Backplane driver user s request attempt to send a message to the PLC CPU failed Entry 3 indicates the error code returned See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to release CPU text buffers failed Entry 3 indicates the MBU error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications
174. ger until terminated as described above Trace output continues even if the remote Station Manager is disconnected or logged into another station Be sure to stop your traces Detailing the interpretation of the trace data is beyond the scope of this document It requires expertise in the internal operation of the TCP IP protocols that is not needed by most users of the network A typical TRACE command is shown below trace g Trace enabled for g minutes remaining 10 48 len_ref GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 25 XCHANGE Command The XCHANGE command is used to print out detailed information about the configuration of a given exchange This is a monitor level command and has the following format XCHANGE lt producer ID gt lt exchange ID gt where lt producer ID gt and lt exchange ID gt are used to uniquely identify an Ethernet Global Data exchange The producer ID and exchange ID values for all defined exchanges may be displayed by using the STAT G command A typical XCHANGE command is shown below gt xchange 1 2 3 4 1 lt lt lt Individual Exchange Information gt gt gt Exch Mode PRODUCER Producer ID 1 2 3 4 Exchange ID1 Period 1000 ms UDP Port 5500 Xfer Bytes 2 Exch Type STATIC Dest IP 10 16 32 145 Transfer Cnt 43 Refresh Errs 0 7 26 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Appendix Glossary A
175. have made a direct transition to the tcpEstabResets CLOSED state from either the ESTABLISHED state or the CLOSE WAIT state CurEstab The number of internal TCP data structures currently in use This value tcpCurrEstab corresponds to the number of entries displayed via the STAT W command including the LISTEN entry InSegs The total number of segments received including those received in error This tcpInSegs count includes segments received on currently established connections OutSegs The total number of segments sent including those on current connections but tcpOutSegs excluding those containing only retransmitted bytes RtranSeg The total number of segments retransmitted that is the number of TCP segments tcpRetransSegs transmitted containing one or more previously transmitted bytes NoPorts The number of incoming TCP messages for a new connection that have been discarded because all TCP connections are already in use TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 17 EGD Tallies Tally g 2 Tally EstabRq Request to establish a Dynamic Exchange sent to CPU EstabRp Reply to establish a Dynamic Exchange received from CPU CancelRq Request to cancel a Dynamic Exchange sent to CPU CancelRp Reply to cancel a Dynamic Exchange received from CPU ReadRq Request to read Static Exchange Definition sent to CPU ReadRp Reply to read Static Exchange Definition rece
176. he Keep Alive timer for the connection 2e LAN system software fault resuming The SRTP connection timed out Table B 12 Network Interface Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 20 This event is logged when a Network Interface exception event occurs Network Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most Network Interface events contain a SCode status value Interface Entry 2 hexadecimal values are events 1 LAN transceiver fault OFF network until fixed Ethernet Interface is Offline and cannot communicate on the Ethernet network This is usually caused by disconnection from the network Check the network cable and connection to the network hub or switch LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Error updating LAN Interface Status LIS bits the first 16 bits of the 80 bit Ethernet Status data Entry 3 and Entry 4 are the AND mask and OR mask values used to modify the LIS when the failure occurred LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming The network switch could not be accessed since it was autonegotiating Usually this is a transient error due to a disconnected cable If the error persists check the network cable and connection B 64 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table B 13 Ether
177. he Network Address Name 31 characters max lt cmd gt is any Station Manager command except REM lt cmd parms gt is a list of any parameters required by lt cmd gt The REMote command sends the Station Manager command which is its argument and any associated parameters to the node whose address is specified The Station Manager on the remote node acts on the command as if it had been entered at its local serial port but directs all output from processing the command back over the network to the station where the REM command originated The results are displayed at the local station with the notation REM along with the prompt from the remote station to denote that the data was returned from the remote station A REM command cannot be issued to the node on which it is entered A typical REM command is shown below rem 080019010177 node REM gt IC693 PLC Factory LAN Interface REM gt Copyright c 1998 All rights reserved REM gt Version 1 00 28A1 TCP IP REM gt Version 1 00 28A1 Software Loader REM gt IP Address 10 0 0 1 REM gt MAC Address lt lt 080019010177 gt gt The LOGIN command is treated as a special case when it is specified in the REM command The following command is used to login to a remote device REM lt node gt LOGIN lt password gt Note that this prevents the prompt for the password value and displays the remote password in a readable form Note When using the REM command the password s
178. he SNTP command TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G SOSW Command This command displays the current setting of the Ethernet Interface Soft Switches and indicates their source Valid sources for the Soft Switches are as follows e CPU the Soft Switch settings have been received in the Ethernet Interface s configuration from the PLC CPU Changes to the Soft Switch settings with the CHSOSW command are not allowed e Internal Backup the Soft Switch settings have been retrieved from the Ethernet Interface s internal backup This is expected when configuration has not been received from the PLC CPU The CHSOSW command may be used to change the current Soft Switch settings e Factory Defaults the Soft Switch settings have been set to factory default This is expected when the Ethernet Interface has never received configuration from the PLC CPU i e no current configuration or previously backed up configuration exists The CHSOSW command may be used to change the current Soft Switch settings e Unknown this is not expected The SOSW command has the form SOSW A typical SOSW command is shown below sosw lt lt lt Soft Switch Data gt gt gt IP Address 10 0 0 2 TCP IP values from Soft Switches Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Gateway 0 0 0 0 SNTP Not Configured Station Manager Port Data Rate 9600 Parity NONE Flow Control NONE Source
179. he SRTP PDU type associated with the response data Valid PDU type codes are listed in the description of Entry 2 21H LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A mismatched Backplane PLC Driver transfer identifier was detected in the context of reading TCP data Entry 4 contains the transfer identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to allocate a new transaction machine LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to find a transaction machine on the send queue matching the desired Backplane PLC Driver task identifier and transfer identifiers Entry 4 contains the task identifier and Entry 5 contains the transfer identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt was made to activate an idle PDU machine LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A PDU machine was in an unexpected state LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to read more TCP data for a transaction machine failed LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed the setup required to read the data field of an SRTP PDU GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 29 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 1b Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Server 35 LAN system software fault resuming events An attempt to w
180. he packet was not initialized for reception InErrors Number of incoming datagrams discarded by UDP because they were invalid datagrams e g invalid checksums etc OtDatagm Number of outgoing UDP datagrams sent by the UDP stack to remote hosts Appendix C Tally Descriptions Table C 29 SNTP Tallies task n SNTP Tallies task n Tally Description ntppkt Number of SNTP packets received from any server nstrater Number of SNTP packets received with an invalid stratum number outside the range 0 15 nverold Number of SNTP packets received with an old version 1 or 2 never3 Number of SNTP packets received with version 3 never4 Number of SNTP packets received with version 4 nverbad Number of SNTP packets received with an invalid version nlenbad Number of SNTP packets received with an invalid length nincons Number of SNTP packets discarded due to an inconsistent time ntimout Number of times an SNTP server timed out by not sending a packet within 150 seconds nsvrchng Number of times the locked on SNTP server was changed nloktot Number of SNTP packets received from the locked on server nlokcons Number of SNTP packets received with the locked on server that were consistent TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Appendix D IP Address Assignment for Style B Station Manager This appendix d
181. he process symbols are defined as follows LO Temporary condition requires no intervention lt gt Decision point during power up eC Interface State normally the Interface remains in a State unless there is user intervention e F O Operational 0o Operational Full support for client and server capability Uses user defined Advanced Parameters Figure 3 2 States of the Series 90 30 CPU364 Ethernet Interface GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 9 Table 3 2 Problems During Power Up Series 90 30 CPU364 Ethernet Interface LED Pattern Where Stopped Possible Cause Corrective Actions O EOK OFF A Fatal Hardware Error E Make sure the PLC has power O LAN OFF E Examine PLC Fault Table for clues O STAT OFF Hardware a Recheck PLC Programmer Failure configuration E Power off baseplate inspect the Interface for loose components reseat the module and Restart E If the problem persists replace the PLC hardware EOK Slowblink B E Restart pushbutton until the E Connect a PC Software Loader and xx LAN Slowblink bottom LED turns ON load new software See Appendix C STAT Slowblink Software E Station Manager LOAD E Cycle power or press Restart command issued pushbutton again for less than 5 All LEDs blink in unison Loader E Software corrupt seconds to restart the Interface and clear the load request O O EOK Slowblink LAN OFF STAT OFF C Waiting fo
182. he terminal Table 7 1 Control Characters Control Character Usual Keyboard Function BS CTRL H Backspace Delete previous character DC2 CTRL R Recall previous command line s CAN CTRL X Cancel the current input line CR Return Enter Terminate line and execute command If a command line becomes too long to easily type on a single display line the character pair lt CR gt can be used to continue the command on the next line on the display The backslash character will not be used as a part of any argument Up to the last 10 command lines are stored in a recall list Repeated lt CTRL R gt recalls up to the last 10 command lines before the list wraps around lt CTRL X gt resets back to the starting position in the recall list The recall list is cleared upon module restart or power up A blank command line is returned by lt CTRL R3 gt if the recall list is empty CHLTIME Command The CHLTIME command has the form CHLTIME lt minutes gt where lt minutes gt is a login timeout value expressed in minutes which has a range of 0 to 32767 The CHLTIME command is used to change the secure login timeout value This change remains in effect until it is explicitly changed or until the next LOGOUT command is entered If the number of minutes specified is zero secure login timeout is not enforced A typical CHLTIME command is shown below chltime 5 Login timeout 5 min Note that the secure logout timeout
183. hould be placed in double quotes if it contains any uppercase letters because the password is case sensitive Do not send the REM command itself to an Ethernet Interface i e rem lt node gt rem lt node gt lt command gt Security is enforced on the remote system just as if the command had been entered locally Thus the remote user and any local user of a given node all see the same security level GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 29 s REPORT Command The REPORT command has the form REPORT lt page gt where lt page gt is an optional page number which defaults to 1 This command causes the current results of the most recent TEST command to be reported It can be used to get intermediate reports for long running tests Test results are maintained and may be displayed until another test is started or until the Modify security level is exited A typical REPORT command is shown below report lt lt lt Test Results gt gt gt Page 1 of 1 Command test lt lt 080019010021 gt gt 1H 32H 0H NULL Init node lt lt 08001901001f gt gt Frames sent 1H Nodes responding 1H Responding nodes Response recd Response w err No Response lt lt 080019010021 gt gt 1H 0H 0H Interpretation of Test Results The line of output that begins Command lists all the parameters that were specified explicitly or implicitly in the preceding TEST command in the order lt nod
184. ia the PLC Programmer If you are experiencing a problem with the Ethernet Interface check the PLC Fault Table for a fault message then refer to Table 3 4 for instructions on what to do about the problem The relation of the fault message with the Ethernet Interface can be determined by the rack slot reference displayed with the fault message in the PLC Fault Table To access the details of a PLC Fault Table Entry For Windows based programming software double click on the Fault Table entry and the details are displayed as fault extra data Refer to Online Help for more information For Logicmaster 90 select the Fault Table entry and press lt CTRL F gt to view the fault details The fault extra data are the long strings of digits on the right half of the message line Refer to GFK 0265 Logicmaster 90 70 Programming Software Reference Manual or GFK 0467 Series 90 30 20 Micro Programming Software Reference Manual for more information An example of the fault extra data is shown below 160006000300050000000000000000000000000000000000 js E E For Ethernet Interfaces the leftmost 14 digits of the the fault extra data underlined in the example above show the corresponding log Events 2 digits and Entries 2 3 and 4 in that order 4 digits each The example above is reporting an Event 16 Entry 2 6 Entry 3 3 and Entry 4 5 This information can be used to refer directly to detailed fault descriptions included in the
185. iagnostic operating system service error 8 LAN System Software Fault Resuming Error in internal event processing request GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 69 B 70 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Appendix Tally Descriptions C The tables in this section list the tallies and their meanings see the TALLY command in Chapter 6 7 Command Descriptions Tallies for Style A Station Manager e PLC Driver Tallies Tally c table C 1 e ARP Tallies Tally f table C 2 e Channel API Tallies Tally h table C 3 e IP Tallies Tally i table C 4 e IP Router Tallies part of Tally i table C 5 e Redundant IP Tallies part of Tally i table C 6 e ICMP Tallies Tally j table C 7 e IGMP Tallies part of Tally j table C 8 e Data Link Tallies Tally 1 table C 9 e MAC Layer Tallies part of Tally 1 table C 10 e Modbus TCP Channel API Layer Tallies Tally m table C 11 e Name Resolution Tallies Tally r table C 12 e Modbus TCP Server Layer Tallies Tally s table C 13 e UDP Tallies Tally u table C 14 e SRTP Server Tallies Tally v table C 15 e TCP Tallies Tally w table C 16 e EGD Tallies Tally g table C 17 Tallies for Style B Station Manager e Tally Counters e System Memory Tallies task b table C 18 e PLC Driver Tallies task c table C 19 e SMI Driver Tallies part of task c table C 20 e SRTP Server Tallies tas
186. ication request discarded request An invalid PLC request was received from the PLC LAN system software fault resuming Internal software error reserve channel number failed Event 1d This event is logged by IGMP IGMP events Entry 3 of any IGMP exception is a code uniquely identifying the software component of IGMP which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 Bad remote application request discarded request Internal error The IGMP handler was asked to generate an unsupported IGMP message Load request to send was rejected discarded request Call to igmp_out failed unable to send an IGMP Reply message Possible Ethernet cable problems Check that the LAN LED is ON or blinking Entry 4 contains a message type code for IGMP Reply Entries 5 and 6 contain the multicast host group IP address for the IGMP Reply displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 224 0 0 1 would be shown as E000H 0001H LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error A call to BuffAlloc failed unable to generate an IGMP reply message LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error Unable to generate IGMP Reply for specified multicast host group Entry 4 contains an internal random reply delay value Entries 5 and 6 contain the multicast host group IP address for the IGMP Reply displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 224 0 0 1 would be shown as EOOOH 0001H
187. ich indicates what error occurred In general Entry 2 codes 1 1F are PLC backplane communication faults codes 20 2F are resource errors and codes 30 and up are miscellaneous errors Entry 2 may have the following values 1 Series 90 30 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The PLC CPU did not initialize communication with the Ethernet Interface Series 90 70 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Could not open VME mailbox Entry 4 contains the MBU error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Entry 5 contains the number of open attempts that were made It is likely that a power cycle of the PLC is required before the CPU will again recognize the Ethernet Interface Series 90 30 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Mail communication was not established to the PLC CPU The CPU did not deliver Wakeup mail to initiate mail communication Data transfer including COMMREQs cannot occur Series 90 70 LAN system software fault resuming Could not enable interrupt capability for incoming mail Entry 4 contains the MBU_ENAB_INT error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN system software fault resuming Mail packets from PLC for a read response are out of order Entry 3 contains the received packet sequence number Entry 4 contains the expected packet s
188. imes that no Echo Response message arrived within the response schedule of the corresponding Echo Request that is when the response schedule time elapses before the corresponding Echo Response arrives Late Stray Responses indicates the number of times an Echo Response arrived outside of the response schedule of its corresponding Echo Request or when a stray Echo Response not corresponding to any recent Echo Request arrives The line beginning Round trip indicates the minimum average and maximum delay in units of milliseconds measured between sending an Echo Request and receiving the corresponding Echo Response Note that these times use 10 millisecond granularity In the example the PING required less than 10 milliseconds to complete so zero values are reported GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 31 s RESOLVE Command The RESOLVE command has the form RESOLVE lt name string gt lt protocol gt where lt name string gt is a character string of 1 to 31 characters containing a Network Address Name Unless specified by the optional protocol parameter the Ethernet Interface uses the default name resolution protocol sequence first Name Table then DDP and finally DNS The optional protocol parameter directly specifies the resolution protocol to be used Selections for lt protocol gt are tbl ddp and dns This command resolves a given symbolic
189. ing the watchdog timer WDT 0x0b03 CRC error over loaded Ethernet firmware was detected by runtime diagnostics Error Status Definitions for ERR Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the ERR subsystem ID 03H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 3 SCode Error Status Definitions for ERR Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0001 No communication with PLC CPU unable to log exception in PLC Fault Table 0x0003 Memory allocation error 0x0004 Invalid date time received from PLC CPU or network unable to update timestamp of events in the exception log 0x0005 Saved exception log contents in NVRAM are corrupted 0x0006 Unable to rebuild exception log in NVRAM NVRAM does not retain data GFK 1186G Appendix E Status Codes in the Exception Log E 3 Error Status Definitions for SMI Subsystem E 4 The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the SMI subsystem ID 04H Values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 4 SCode Error Status Definitions for SMI Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0002 Destructive RAM test failure during shared memory diagnostics 0x0004 Unable to notify PLC CPU that shared memory diagnostics have failed 0x0005 Incompatible CPU Ethernet firm
190. ion NA Event 15 Internal System Error Toolkit user events An error occurred in the application protocol toolkit shell as a result of an invalid application protocol request This system software error should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA Event 16 This event is logged by ARP ARP events Entry 1 will always be zero Entry 3 of any ARP exception is a code uniquely identifying the software component of ARP which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 2 Local request to send was rejected discarded request Internal error An attempt by ARP to send an Ethernet frame with EDATreq failed Possible Ethernet cable problems Check that the LAN LED is ON or Blinking LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt by ARP to register itself as an Ethernet user with EREGreq failed LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt by ARP to set a timer with STIMreq failed LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt by ARP to allocate a buffer with BuffAlloc failed B 24 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 16 Entry 2 codes Continued ARP events 6 Can t locate remote node discarded request Continued Thi
191. ion Log Event Descriptions B 25 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event la Entry 2 0c00 Unsupported feature in configuration Application An unexpected application specific data file Protocol File was received which is specific events not supported by this version of the Ethernet Interface firmware the contents of the unexpected Protocol File are discarded Check that the Ethernet Interface Files are specified in the Ethernet Interface configuration Entry 3 is a detailed error code Any Event 1a other than Entry 2 0c00 is generated by the user application Event 1b This event is logged by the SRTP Server module when an exceptional condition occurs SRTP Server Entry 1 will always be zero events Entry 2 contains a code unique to each type of unexpected event Entry 3 contains a code identifying the SRTP Server software component which logged the event Entries 4 5 and 6 identify additional information specific to the type of event described in entry 2 Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error QCreate failed to create a queue header LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error Failed to QAlloc a buffer Entry 4 contains the buffer size in bytes LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error Failed to PoolA
192. ionless transport level protocol Word A measurement of memory length usually 4 8 16 or 32 bits long In the Series 90 PLC a word is always 16 bits TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Appendix Exception Log Event Descriptions B GFK 1186G B 1 This section defines the events that may be captured in the event log Exception Log Events Exception Log Event Definitions Reference for Log Events Style A and Style B Station Manager Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 3 Powerup Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 4 Configuration Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 5 Operating System Error Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 6 PLC Driver BPD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 7 Error Handler Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 8 Station Manager Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 9 Common Utility Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 10 SRTP Server Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 11 Network Interface Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 12 Ethernet Global Data EGD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 13 SNTP Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager table B 14 Run time Diagnostic Ev
193. ions in mailbox message 17 Invalid text data length in mailbox message 18 Invalid input queue size in MBU open 19 Invalid alarm code in mailbox message 20 Text buffer allocation from Dual Port memory failed GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 8 ffeb 21 Out of mail buffers mail traffic was lost PLC Driver ffea 22 Missing internal resources mail traffic was lost ffe9 23 No user response specified mail traffic was lost events ffe8 24 Invalid Dual Port address not paragraph aligned Continued ffe7 25 Invalid traffic type in mailbox message ffe6 26 All sequence numbers already in use unable to send command ffeS 27 Dual Port allocation error requested size is invalid ffe4 28 Dual Port allocation error requested memory is not available ffe3 29 Dual Port deallocation error specified memory was not allocated ffe2 30 Mail queues are stopped by the PLC CPU ffel 31 Dual Port deallocation error ffc4 60 Internal send mail queues not initialized ffc3 61 Invalid mailbox argument ffe2 62 Invalid function argument ffel 63 Invalid text buffer argument ffcO 64 Send mail queue is full mail was not sent ff81 127 Response busy Values not listed above represent other internal errors Entry 2 of the event log is an exception code wh
194. is event is logged by the system when a catastrophic system event occurs Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows System Error 02 Not Reported to PLC Fault Table The Ethernet Interface firmware does not meet the minimum version level required by the PLC CPU firmware Entry 3 indicates the actual installed Ethernet Interface firmware version System events System Error 09 LAN system software fault resuming Unable to set the Ethernet Interface date and time to the same values as the PLC CPU This error may occur at system startup The Ethernet Interface time and date are initialized to 00 00 00 01 JAN 1989 Entry 3 indicates the reason for this error O Unable to retrieve information from the PLC CPU This error will occur if the Ethernet Interface is not configured in the PLC CPU via the PLC Prorammer Configuration Software Entry 4 contains the BPD status code Invalid date time value retrieved from the PLC CPU The Ethernet Interface cannot accept dates prior to 01 JAN 1989 Check that the current date and time are established in the PLC CPU via the Configuration Software System Error 0a Not Reported to PLC Fault Table The PLC CPU firmware does not meet the minimum version level required by the Ethernet communications software CAUTION No communication with PLC CPU PLC Programmer TCP IP or SRTP applications may not work properly Entry 3 indicates the actual installed CPU firmware version Entry 4 indicates
195. iscusses assigning an IP address for a Module using the Style B Station Manager Each Ethernet interface has a 12 digit MAC address provided on a label on the module This address is required in order to assign an IP address IP Address Assignment Using Telnet GFK 1186G Obtain the MAC address from the label on the module then follow the procedure below for assigning the IP address to the Ethernet Interface remotely over the network In order for an IP address assignment to be performed over the network the PLC must be in Stop No I O mode IP address assignment over the network will not be processed until the PLC is stopped and is not scanning I O 1 Ona PC associate the IP address for the module to the MAC address of the module using the following method In a command DOS window enter the following command gt ARP s ip_address mac_addres interface where ip_address is the IP address the user wants to assign to the Ethernet Interface and the mac_address is the MAC address from the label on the PLC whose IP address is being assigned The optional interface parameter is the IP address of the interface that should be used This parameter should be specified when the PC has multiple network interfaces 2 Next telnet to the IP address ip_address being assigned to the Ethernet Interface gt telnet ip_address 1 This telnet command will fail but the IP address provided with the telnet command will be set on the Ethernet Interf
196. ived from CPU EstConRq Request to establish Global Data connection area received from CPU EstConRp Reply to establish Global Data connection area sent to CPU TermConn FnabOut DisabOu Conny UnectD BadPon CaRg Giakp RC RuCFakp DelCtaR DelCfakp RurSumRg RuSump CapQug GapQuRp mm eae DAckR PACKT Geis GetStsRp Global Data Get Statistics Reply sent RefrErr A refresh error was encountered for a given exchange SemaErr An error was encountered with the Semaphore locking mechanism ECRpRtry Number of retries attempted when sending Establish Connection Response mailboxes back to the CPU ECRpAbrt Number of aborted Establish Connection Response mailboxes The Ethernet Interface had given up sending these aborted mailboxes due to backplane problems Number of Establish Connection Response mailboxes which had timed out while being sent back to the CPU TMAbort Number of EGD Transaction Machines which had been aborted or terminated Each Transaction Machine corresponds to one EGD Exchange The Transaction Machine is aborted if a fatal error is encountered and is terminated when the Exchange is terminated Series 90 30 CPU364 only Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 11 Tallies for Style B Station Manager Tally Counters Table C 18 System Memory Tallies task b Tally Description none Table C 19 PLC Driver Tallies task C Tally
197. k v table C 21 e Ethernet Global Data Tallies task g table C 22 e Network Interface Tallies task 1 table C 23 e ARP Tallies task f table C 24 e IP Tallies task i table C 25 e ICMP IGMP Tallies task j table C 26 e TCP Tallies task w table C 27 e UDP Tallies task u table C 28 e SNTP Tallies task n table C 29 In some tables there are two names one enclosed in parentheses The first name is the name displayed by the Station Manager The name in parentheses is the SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol variable name included here for reference SNMP is not currently supported by the Ethernet Interface GFK 1186G C 1 C 2 Tallies for Style A Station Manager Table C 1 PLC Driver Tallies Tally c Count of the number of times a request of the PLC was retried because of congestion in the PLC Count of the number of times the CPU aborted a data transfer Count of the number of times the Ethernet Interface successfully read from the PLC memory Table C 2 ARP Tallies Tally f The number of ARP requests received by ARP The number of ARP responses received by ARP InErrors The number of ARP packets received where the protocol or hardware types do not match the types of this entity OutReq The number of ARP requests sent by ARP The number of ARP responses sent by ARP The number of ARP packets ignore because they were not addressed to this node Table C 3 Channel API Tallies Tally h
198. ld report 3e8H Responses received OH Responses with error OH No Responses A No Response will occur occasionally But on average a No Response should occur no more than once with the TEST command above executed with 40 000 frames instead of 1 000 frames Transcribe this report onto a clean copy of the Ethernet Network Test Data Sheet found at the end of this chapter If you are testing a network with many nodes you may need more than one data sheet If you are using a terminal emulator program running on a PC to communicate with the Station Manager on the test initiator and the program has the capability to capture serial data to a file you may prefer to save the test result tally and exception log data from this test in a file Use a different capture file name each time you perform the test When the TEST ALL command has completed and its results have been transcribed gather the accumulated error log and LLC and MAC tallies from all GEnet stations by sending the following commands to each station Transcribe all non zero results to the Data Sheet rem lt node gt log rem lt node gt tally 1 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G 7 Get the exception log and LLC and MAC tallies from the initiator by issuing the following commands log tally 1 Transcribe all non zero results to the Data Sheet The LOG response from each node including the initiator should appear
199. le B Station Manager The figure below provides a visual reference for the various tasks within the Ethernet Interface software for modules using a Style B Station Manager nee eee ere Series 90 30 PLC PLC Backplane Driver c 08 wet SRTP Server v 1b es PLC CPU Loader UDP Power up Diagnostics Ethernet LLC I 0c MAC 1 0c Switch I Oc r SRTP Service Request Transfer Protocol 10Base T 100Base TX TCP Transmission Control Protocol ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol IP Internet Protocol 10 100 Ethernet REM Station SNTP n 29 Manager Cmd Software w PING Station Manager Command ARP f ee ee ee eel a Network ARP Address Resolution Protocol LLC Logical Link Control lower case letter Station Manager Task ID MAC Media Access Control hex numbers Log Event EGD Ethernet Global Data Data may flow between the system task and any other function SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol Figure 3 5 Tasks for Modules Using Style B Station Manager TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Exception Log When the Ethernet Interface software detects a very unusual condition an exception condition it records information about the condition in its exception log The exception log can be viewed using the Station Manager LOG command Exception log contents are retained when the Ethernet Inte
200. le attempting to send a reply when a server connection was requested by a remote node Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0AOOH 0001H Entry 5 is an internal software error code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error The software attempted to deallocate data for a TCP connection before the connection was closed Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f Connection to remote node failed resuming A packet was received with an inappropriate field value for the current state of the TCP connection RST was sent to the remote endpoint Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H The lower byte of Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection the upper byte contains TCP flags TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f Connection to remote node failed resuming A SYN packet was received when an ACK was expected RST was sent to the remote endpoint Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H The lower byte of Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection the u
201. list The recall list is cleared upon module restart or power up A blank command line is returned by lt CTRL R gt if the recall list is empty TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L BOOTP Command Not recommended The BOOTP command can temporarily assign an IP address and other TCP IP parameters to an Ethernet Interface The correct means to assign these parameters is by using the PLC Configurator or from a BOOTP server on the network The BOOTP supplied parameters remain in effect only until the Ethernet Interface receives a proper configuration or the Ethernet Interface is restarted The BOOTP command has the form BOOTP lt ip address gt lt subnet mask gt lt gateway gt lt name server gt This command provides a simulated BOOTP server response consisting of the dotted decimal IP parameters specified for the station s IP address subnet mask gateway and name server Arguments not specified default to 0 0 0 0 This command is useful only when the Ethernet Interface has not yet received a valid non zero IP address Once a valid IP address is received this command is ignored GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 3 s BROWSEDDP Command 6 4 The BROWSEDDP command has the form BROWSEDDP lt starting name gt lt ending name gt where the optional starting and ending name pair define a range of names to be browsed Starting and ending n
202. lloc a buffer pool LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error Failed to BuffAlloc a buffer Entry 4 contains the buffer size in bytes LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An endpoint identifier other than that of the parent has appeared in a context in which a parent endpoint is expected Entry 4 contains the offending endpoint identifier LAN system software fault resuming A TCP error event was issued to the SRTP Server In many cases there may be a log entry immediately preceding this one which has an event code of 12H this entry may indicate the reason for sending the TCP error event Entry 4 contains the number of the local endpoint OH OfH to which the error was issued LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to tcpmopen a parent endpoint as part of SRTP Server task initialization As a result any incoming TCP connections to SRTP will be rejected by TCP via RST LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to tcpaccept an incoming TCP connection LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to tcpattach an endpoint identifier to an incoming TCP connection LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to tcpread from a TCP connection failed Entry 4 contains the number of bytes requested to read Entries 5 and 6 are a segment offset base address of the memory to receive the read bytes B 26 TCP
203. llowing instructions briefly describe configuring Full Duplex mode using the Windows HyperTerminal utility 1 Connect the Ethernet Interface module s Station Manager port to your computer s serial port using cable IC693CBL3 16 2 Start HyperTerminal by clicking Start then Programs then Accessories then HyperTerminal 3 You must enter the Station Manager s Maintenance State in order to change a parameter Enter Maintenance State by holding in the Ethernet Interface module s Restart pushbutton until the module s bottom two LEDs turn ON The HyperTerminal screen should look like the following lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt Invoked due to MAINT command 4 The asterisk is the HyperTerminal prompt At this prompt type in the following then press the Enter key chparm lfduplex 1 The screen should now look like the following figure lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt Invoked due to MAINT command chparm lfduplex 1 Old value Oo 0000H New value 1 0001H Data backup in progress do not restart or power off until next prompt Contrary to the recommendation of IEEE Std 802 3 this Ethernet Interface module does NOT support auto negotiation of half full duplex Attempting full duplex operation of this interface with a repeater or half duplex network including auto negotiating hubs and switches can cause severe network performance degradation increased collisions late collisions CRC
204. lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt The Station Manager prompt is For the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 the OK and SER LEDs blink in unison For the CPU364 only the EOK LED blinks In the Maintenance state the TEST and PING commands may be used to check network connectivity If this Ethernet Interface is using its internal backup configuration data i e was not configured with the PLC the CHSOSW command may be used to modify the backup configuration data Also the CHPARM command can be used to change Advanced User Parameters The Operational State GFK 1186G This section identifies possible problem symptoms that may occur while the module is operating The Operational state is the state of normal operation of the Ethernet Interface Full connection to the PLC and full SRTP Server and Channel API operation and Modbus TCP Server and Channel API operations are provided The Ethernet Interface uses configuration data from the PLC CPU and the Advanced User parameters specified by the user When the Ethernet Interface is properly configured the Ethernet Interface enters the Operational state without any user intervention This state permits user access to Station Manager commands at their respective command levels During normal operation of the Ethernet Interface the OK LED is ON The LAN SER and STAT LEDs provide information about the health of the Ethernet Interface and
205. lt resuming An unrecognized software timer sequence number was detected This is an internal software error Entries 5 amp 6 contains the invalid sequence number User Application Fault or Remote protocol server fault detected resuming The lock on the time server was lost The module is no longer synchronized to any time servers Entries 5 amp 6 contains the IP address of the last locked server in hexadecimal format For example the address 10 0 0 1 is shown as 0A00H 0001H LAN system software fault resuming An internal time computation error was detected The module is forced into the unsynchronized state Entries 5 amp 6 contains the IP address of the last known lock on server in hexadecimal format For example the address 10 0 0 1 is shown as 0A00H 0001H GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 47 Exception Log Event Codes for Style B Station Manager Table B 3 Exception Log Event Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 0 This event is logged when a powerup diagnostic error occurs Unlike other exception log events that specify additional data in Entries 2 6 powerup diagnostic errors are reported as short text messages that are self explanatory Diagnostic events do not use a SCode status value Power diagnostic events usually indicate a hardware failure Powerup Diagnostics All Diagnostic events generate PLC Fault Module hardware
206. ly operational in the Operational state and assumes the Monitor command level upon completion of a successful restart the Monitor command level prompt is gt The LOGIN command may be used to change to the Modify command level as desired the Modify command level prompt is See also Differences in Station Manager Operation at the end of this section Differences in Station Manager Operation A similar set of Station Manager commands can be executed whether the Interface is in the Operational state or in the Maintenance state The results of some commands may be different however depending on the state of the Interface There are two reasons for the differences 1 The Ethernet Interface uses user defined advanced parameter values when in the Operational state and default advanced parameter values when in the Maintenance state 2 There is no support for applications such as SRTP Channel COMMREQ commands or PLC Programmer TCP connection in the Maintenance state Therefore the SRTP Channel API layer task h the SRTP Server layer task v and Ethernet Global Data task g are not initialized The Modbus TCP Channel API layer task m and the Modbus TCP Server layer task s are also not initialized Station Manager commands that access the advanced parameters the SRTP layers or the Modbus TCP layers in some way can be executed but their effect will be limited Also if a valid non zero IP address has not been con
207. ly reloaded For Style A Station Manager modules the Restart pushbutton may be used to abort the Software Load state If the existing operating software has not been erased or corrupted the Ethernet Interface will restart immediately into the Operational state upon pressing the pushbutton If the operating software is not available the Ethernet Interface always restarts into the Software Load state For Style B Station Manager modules the load takes place as a part of an overall update of the PLC CPU firmware No separate load of the Ethernet Interface is required or supported Waiting for IP Address State 3 4 If a non zero IP address for the Ethernet Interface was not configured prior to power up or the IP address was configured to 0 0 0 0 the Interface will wait indefinitely for a non zero IP address The OK and STAT LEDs blink in unison In this state the Ethernet Interface does not perform any SRTP Server or Channel API operations or Modbus TCP Server or Channel API operations If this occurs you need to configure a non zero IP address using the PLC Programmer configuration software and restart the module For Style A Station Manager modules you may temporarily supply an IP address using the BOOTP Station Manager command an IP address supplied by a BOOTP server or the BOOTP Station Manager command remains effective only until the next restart of the Ethernet Interface For Style B Station Manager modules you may tempor
208. mand njeivs df nT TOT TA E RAOT 7 8 EOG Commmand eaen a EENT E E E EAE ETE A a E 7 9 LOGIN Commandersericierorn tisis ii i E E EE EE TENER ENEA Ti 7 11 LOGOUT Commands oada a AEE e EE E E A AEEA 7 11 LTIME Command aae A Gn Als leiden aie 7 12 NET Command e ae ee nnee settee iceatients tea acces haere Eeer teeta auc amen 7 12 NODE Command cieiitsscces se lecet bala ces eeen N EE EE E LEEA EEEE R EN EAEE oS 7 13 OK Comand eaaa aa E AE A A E A 7 13 PARM Command sunna aeia AE EEE EEEE NE Er 7 14 Style B Station Manager Advanced User Parameters 000 ceeeecesseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 14 PING Command oheiseen lets be eeoa e EE bacaeeanelaneebad EEEE E EE ints 7 16 PLCREAD C mimand seccion n e E EE E E E ES a 7 17 PEC WRITE Command reoite iare ieia EEA REEE EEEE 7 17 PROG C ommation e a a seh ated A E TE aa EEEa EE EARE 7 18 REM Command ssr a ie a 7 18 REPP Command enni a n AE AT ATE NA E RE 7 19 Int rpretation of Test Results cssccsctesccticasecssgceshtececavensetevctendecevbeta tec a iE 7 19 RESTART Command sis gain n aed cle wea ainsi nina 7 20 SNTP Command oreore ran viata ad ind ada et dentinal 7 20 SOSW Command mo aee aeeti oeae vec aae o Reet eR re cheat aes aaa e tess cte ines adeveebacsaweedes 7 21 STAT Command esne eiten ae rea E eE EEEN EEE AE Ooo E ADN Eana E Eoee 7 22 ST OPP Commandos mro eies EE EE EEEE arate E tsar 7 22 TALLY Command toeroen EAE E ee Aaa A cee Ta eave 7 23 TRACE Command os e ca eden ti cute canna ai n
209. me 8 03 Time 8 03 00 0 CLEAR Command The CLEAR command has the form CLEAR EXS LOG TALLY HEAP The CLEAR command sets various Ethernet Interface data structures to initial values usually zeros If the CLEAR EXS command is entered the Extended Status Buffer is cleared to an initial state where the software version is non zero all other data are zero Ifthe CLEAR LOG command is entered all log entries are discarded and the log is set to an empty state The CLEAR LOG command also turns on the STAT LED on the Ethernet Interface If the CLEAR TALLY command is entered all tallies resettable are set to a value of zero Ifthe CLEAR HEAP command is entered the minimum system buffer free count values maintained by the STAT B command are reset to the current free count values A typical CLEAR TALLY command is shown below clear tally Tallies cleared GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 13 s DATE Command The DATE command has the form DATE This command causes the current system date to be displayed This date is used in generating time stamps for exception log entries The initial value of the date is read from the PLC CPU on restart or if unavailable is set to 1 JAN 1989 on restart or power up The Modify command CHDATE can be used to set the date The DATE command is shown below gt date Date 28 FEB 1990 EXS Command The EXS command has the form EX
210. memory PROG Display the main PLC logic program name SOSW Display current Soft Switch configuration data STAT Display task s status TALLY Display task s tallies TIME Display current time of day XCHANGE Display the status of an Ethernet Global Data exchange For most commands simply enter the command and press Enter Some commands require additional information to be entered along with the command Those arguments should be separated from the command and from each other by one or more spaces The Command Descriptions section in this chapter provides a complete description of each command The LOGIN command is required to access the Modify commands To execute the LOGIN command you must know the current password Useful Monitor Commands for Network Troubleshooting There are three Monitor commands that are especially useful to troubleshoot the network The NODE command The LOG command The TALLY command NODE Command Displays the TCP IP Ethernet sign on message identifying the node by its MAC and IP addresses and identifying the resident software version number LOG Command Displays a log of exception conditions events occurring at the local node The events are counted time stamped and differentiated by an error code TALLY Command Displays counts of transactions of the specific tasks Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager 4 3 Using the Modify Commands 4 4 To use any of the Modify commands you must
211. meout processing The details are found in the Scode value If no Scode value exists the configuration was not received from the PLC CPU in a timely manner Otherwise an operating system error occurred attempting to send a message or event to perform the timeout processing The last configuration stored will beretrieved from backup memory If no configuration exists in backup the default configuration will be used 8 LAN system software fault resuming Failure attempting to retrieve backup configuration data from non volatile memory The backup configuration data has been corrupted The default configuration will be used 9 LAN system software fault resuming Failure attempting to store backup configuration data into non volatile memory The details are found in the Scode value B 50 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 5 Configuration Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued Configuration a LAN system software fault resuming CFG events An unknown system event confirmation was received Entry 3 contains the confirmation type received b LAN system software fault resuming A failure was returned by the PLC Driver while attempting to send a request to the PLC CPU to retrieve the PLC CPU date time The details are found in the Scode value c LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attem
212. mes when NET OFF is specified or to accept incoming and outgoing Ethernet frames when NET ON is specified This can be used to remove an Ethernet Interface from the network without the need to physically disconnect it or restart the hardware A typical NET OFF command is shown below net off Interface off network Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 21 s NODE Command The NODE command has the form NODE This command causes the Ethernet Interface sign on message to be printed out on the screen A typical NODE command is shown below gt node IC693 PLC Factory LAN Interface Copyright c 1998 All rights reserved Version 1 00 28A1 TCP IP Version 1 00 28A1 Software Loader IP address 10 0 0 2 MAC address lt lt 080019010688 gt gt If the Ethernet Interface is not in the Operational state the NODE command displays an additional output that describes the current state OK Command This command causes the STAT LED to turn ON It has no effect on the contents of the exception log The OK command has the form OK A typical OK command is shown below ok STAT LED modified 6 22 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L PARM Command The PARM command displays the current value of the advanced user parameters for the specified task s All advanced user parameters for the specified task s are displayed Soft switch configuration paramet
213. n UDP port Incomprehensible parameter given to the DDP subsystem 28 Too many simultaneous DDP name resolution requests 29 Buffer allocation failure 2a Expected DDP response not received 2b Another DDP name already in use 2c Cannot handle all DDP browse responses 2d DDP subsystem not yet on line 2e DDP registration cancelled by user ffd8 Device Adapter name in question is invalid ffd7 DDP subsystem unable to generate an event ffd6 DDP subsystem unable to create a timer event ffd5 Buffer allocation error ffd4 Another device attempted to register with our DDP Network Adapter Name See corrective action for Entry 2 8 listed below ffd3 Invalid DDP message received GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 43 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 27 LAN system software fault resuming Naming Services There was a conflict in the DDP network adapter name that this adapter tried to Events register on the network the name was not registered Find the other network Continued adapter with the identical network adapter name and correct the situation LAN system software fault resuming DDP protocol error Not reported to PLC Fault Table A cancel request was made with an invalid transaction ID Not reported to PLC Fault Table A cancel request was made with an unused transaction ID N
214. name specified by an input character string into an IP address using the Name Services within the Ethernet Interface The output of this command is as follows resolve anthony Symbolic name anthony was resolved to IP address 10 0 0 2 by Name Table resolve Plc_01 ddp Symbolic name Plc 01 was resolved to IP address 10 0 0 6 by DDP resolve foo Symbolic name foo is not known For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual RESTART Command 6 32 The RESTART command has the form RESTART The RESTART command causes the Ethernet Interface to be restarted without causing the software to be reloaded It has the same effect as pressing the Restart pushbutton on the front edge of the Ethernet Interface quickly less than 5 seconds Any data transfer between the Series 90 PLC and the network at the time the RESTART command is entered is permanently lost A typical RESTART command is shown below restart Restarting Module TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L ROUTETBL Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only The ROUTETBL command has the form ROUTETBL This ROUTETBL command displays the network routing table and the routing partner table The network routing table entries are configured using
215. nced Parameters L Temporary condition requires no intervention SO Decision during powerup O F f o Operational Q Interface State normally the Interface remains in a K State unless there is user intervention Operational Full support for client and server capability Uses user defined Advanced Parameters Figure 3 1 States of the IC693CMM321 and IC697CMM742 GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 7 Table 3 1 Problems During Power Up for IC693CMM321 and IC697CMM742 LED Pattern Where Stopped Possible Cause Corrective Actions O OK OFF A Fatal Hardware Error E Make sure the PLC has power O LAN OFF MExamine PLC Fault Table for clues O FDX OFF Hardware E Recheck PLC Programmer configuration O STAT OFF Failure E Power off baseplate inspect the Interface for loose components reseat the Interface and Restart E Try a different slot E If the problem persists replace the Interface or PLC hardware OK Slowblink LAN Slowblink FDX Slowblink STAT Slowblink All LEDs blink in unison B Software Loader E Restart pushbutton until bottom LED turns ON E Station Manager LOAD command issued E Software corrupt E Connect a PC Software Loader and load new software See Appendix C E Cycle power or press Restart pushbutton again for less than 5 seconds to restart the Interface and clear the load request OK Slowblink O LAN OFF O FDX
216. nd 5 6 Perform the following steps to ping from an Ethernet Interface using the Station Manager PING command 1 Access the Station Manager and issue the NODE command to verify that the local Interface has the correct IP address A typical NODE command is shown below gt node Ic693 PLC LAN Interface Copyright c 1998 All rights reserved Version 1 00 28A1 TCP IP Version 1 00 28A1 Software Loader IP address 10 0 0 2 MAC address lt lt 080019010688 gt gt 2 Login to be able to use the PING command The LOGIN command is described in Chapter 6 Command Descriptions gt login Password The default password is system Logged in 3 Enter the PING command supplying the IP address for the remote Ethernet Interface to be tested A typical PING command is shown below ping 10 0 0 1 lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 1 100 64 Sent 1 Received 1 No Timely Timely Response 0 Late Stray Response 0 Round trip ms min avg max 10 10 10 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Determining If an IP Address Has Already Been Used It is very important not to duplicate IP addresses To determine if you have configured your Ethernet Interface with the same IP address as another node 1 Disconnect your Interface from the LAN 2 Ping the disconnected Interface s IP address from some other device on the network If you get an
217. nd Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only 6 8 The Ethernet Interface must be in the Maintenance state to execute this command The CHNAMETBL command has the form CHNAMETBL lt name gt lt IP address gt del where lt name gt is a character string of 1 to 31 characters and lt IP address gt is the valid dotted decimal IP address of the remote node you wish to access via this name The CHNAMETBL command is used to add a new entry to the Name Table to modify an existing entry or to delete an existing entry This command is permitted only when the Name Table is obtained from internal backup data When the Name Table is obtained from the PLC Configuration stored into the PLC CPU changes must be made in the PLC Configuration If the specified lt name gt and lt IP address gt do not already exist they are added to the Name Table If they do exist the existing entry is replaced by the new values Finally if del is entered instead of a valid IP address any existing entry for name is deleted The Station manager informs the user of the operation performed Definition of multiple names with the same IP address is permitted but is flagged to the user The Name Table is backed up into non volatile memory after each change by this command A typical CHNAMETBL command is shown below chnametbl foo 10 0 0 1 Adapter foo IP address 10 0 0 1 added For further information refer to Chapter 6 Network Administration Sup
218. nd TIME commands and changed by the CHDATE and CHTIME commands Event The Event column gives the kind of event which occurred Events are described in Appendix B Count The Count column contains a repetition count for the event If identical events occur regularly they might flood the log with useless entries Instead of recording each repeated event in detail the log simply keeps the time of the latest event and a count of the number of repetitions of the repeated event Log entries are retained on restarts and reloads of the Ethernet Interface Entry The Entry columns contain detailed information about the event and is subdivided into 6 entries Entry 1 Entry 6 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G LOGIN Command The LOGIN command has the form LOGIN The LOGIN command will be followed by a prompt of the form Password You should enter your password which will not be echoed If the password matches the current password for the Modify level you will receive a confirmation message and you will be allowed access to the Modify commands If the password does not match then an error message is displayed and the security level is not changed Please note that all characters that are typed after the password prompt except for the Enter key are assumed to be part of the password Specifically the delete and backspace characters do not have their usual meaning and are interpreted
219. nd in the SCode value 14 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred receiving confirmation from one or more subsystems during enter sequence into factory diagnostics Factory diagnostics will still occur Entry 3 may contain an internal error code The details are found in the SCode value 15 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to allocate space to insert a Task into the notification list for system events Entry 3 contains an internal error code which indicates the system events being registered 16 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred while allocating memory for the Advanced User Parameters file received from the PLC The details are found in the SCode value returned from the UTL subsystem GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 51 Table B 5 Configuration Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued Configuration 17 LAN system software fault resuming CFG events A failure occurred attempting to register a subsystem for system event notification continued Entry 3 contains an internal error code which indicates the system events being registered The details are found in the SCode value returned from the UTL subsystem LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to deregister a subsystem for system event
220. nd restart again System Error 32 LAN IF can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl The Interface deliberately replaced Advanced Parameter customizations with factory defaults due to an upgrade in the factory defaults This event causes the Ethernet Interface to restart into the Maintenance state User Action You must restore any customizations with the CHPARM Station Manager command System Error 33 LAN system software fault resuming Unable to initialize data file delivery Ethernet Interface cannot receive any data files Name Resolution File was not received from PLC Configuration Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 is a detailed internal error code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 7 B 8 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued System events System Error 34 Continued LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred while receiving a data file from the PLC CPU the file data is not available Entry 3 is a code identifying the software component which reported the exception Entry 4 is a detailed internal error code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 System Error 35 Unsupport
221. nd will not be written to the PLC if the address is not valid for the PLC or if the new data value is not a valid numeric value One byte will be written for addresses that are in the discrete and a word will be written when a analog input analog output table or register table address is specified No more than 16 data values may be specified The syntax of the address is lt selector gt lt offset gt where lt selector gt is one of the character sequences AT AQ T O M Q R S SA SB SC and T and lt offset gt is a numeric value in the range of 1 to the size of the reference table being accessed Example addresses are R1 AION03 and 7AQ1000 A typical PLCWRITE command is shown below plewrite R1 2 written GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 17 PROG Command The PROG command has the form PROG This command causes the name of the current PLC CPU program to be displayed A typical PROG command is shown below gt prog CPU Program Name is FRED374 REM Command 7 18 The REM command has the form REM lt node gt lt cmd gt lt cmd parms gt where lt node gt is the the IP address of the remote Interface lt cmd gt is any Station Manager command except REM lt cmd parms gt is a list of any parameters required by lt cmd gt The REMote command sends the Station Manager command which is its argument and an
222. ne using FLASH_write failed Entry 4 contains a status code of interest to developers If the error persists replace the LAN Interface Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart The backup task entered an illegal backup state Entry 4 identifies the offending state code This is an internal error please notify GE Fanuc Automation NA Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart A call to a backup task entry point was made before backup task initialization This is an internal error please notify GE Fanuc Automation NA Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart An attempt to initialize the BOOT flash chip using FLASH_ init failed Entry 4 contains a status code of interest to developers If the error persists replace the LAN Interface Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart An attempt to read backup data from flash was made while the flash was being erased Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart At least 1 of the 3 backup copies of configuration soft switch advanced user parameters was lost For advanced parameter users or users who have not configured the Interface with the PLC Programmer operation may be affected Such users should verify proper settings with the PARM and or SOSW Station Manager commands B 42 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station
223. nel date exs ltime myname nametbl node sntp sosw stat tally help parm time log prog udis A typical HELP command when you are logged in is shown below help lt lt lt Monitor Commands gt gt gt channel date exs ltime myname nametbl node sntp sosw stat tally lt lt lt Modify Commands gt gt gt bootp browseddp chdate chltime chsntp chsosw chtime clear maint net ok ping resolve restart stopp stopt help parm time chmyname killss rem test GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions log prog udis chnametb1 load report trace login routetbl xchange login routetbl xchange chparm logout repp s KILLMS Command Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH and later only Note This command is intended to be used only for diagnostics and maintenance The KILLMS command has the form KILLMS ALLi lt Modbus TCP Server Endpoint gt lt Modbus TCP Server endpoint gt This command causes the specified Modbus TCP server endpoint s to be terminated An endpoint is identified by a number as listed in the leftmost column of the STAT S command output Alternately the KILLMS ALL form of the command causes all established Modbus TCP Server endpoints to be terminated This command will not terminate endpoints that are not in the ESTABLISHED state A typical KILLMS command is shown below killms 2 Modbus TCP Server endpoint 2 shut do
224. net Global Data EGD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event 28 Ethernet Global Data EGD events This event is logged when an Ethernet Global Data EGD exception event occurs Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most Ethernet Global Data events contain a SCode status value For many of the errors the exchange that experienced the error is identified in the extended data available using the log z command using the producer ID and exchange ID of the exchange Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 LAN system software fault resuming Error in an operating system request Details of the error are found in the SCode Entry 3 and Entry 4 may contain additional internal error codes LAN system software fault resuming Error initializing EGD No EGD exchanges will be processed until the power to the module is cycled LAN system software fault resuming Error retrieving the soft switch or advanced user parameters data EGD may be operating with unexpected parameter settings LAN system software fault resuming Unable to register for PLC data transfers EGD will be inoperative until this problem is fixed Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An unknown internal message was received by EGD main task Entry 3 and Entry 4 contain the initial portion of the unrecognized massage LAN system software fault resuming
225. net Global Data EGD subsystem 0x0b Utility UTL subsystem Ox0d Name Resolution NRES subsystem 0x11 Time Synchronization SNTP subsystem 0x41 0x5c Operating System services TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G SCode Error Status Definitions for Subsystems SCode Service values identify particular Operating System services and are used only when reporting Operating System errors Subsystem ID values 41H 5CH SCode Service values are detailed internal information of use to GE Fanuc Automation SCode Error Status values depend upon the Subsystem ID value as shown in the tables below Error Status Definitions for DIAG Subsystems The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the DIAG subsystem ID 01H Error Status values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 2 SCode Error Status Definitions for DIAG Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0000 General failure 0x0201 Powerup diagnostics initialization failure 0x0202 Powerup diagnostics CRC self test failure 0x0501 Shared Memory initialization failed 0x0601 0x06le Ethernet Controller diagnostic failure 0x0701 0x071e Serial Port UART diagnostic failure 0x0801 0x0806 Error reporting a powerup diagnostic failure to the Ethernet exception log 0x0a01 0x0a02 Error creating or start
226. network StRqRcv CMP Statistics requests received from network StRpSnt CMP Statistics replies sent to network IdleData Global Data production packets received while data input is disabled RefrErr Refresh errors encountered SemaErr Semaphore locking errors encountered ECRpRtry Retries when sending Establish Connection reply to PLC ECRpAbrt Establish Connection replies aborted due to backplane communication problems ECRpTO Establish Connection replies timed out due to backplane communication problems TMAbort Global Data transaction machines aborted or terminated Each transaction machine corresponds to one EGD exchange A transaction machine is aborted if a fatal error is encountered and is terminated when the exchange is terminated as when storing a new configuration UnRecID Consumed exchange not configured for exchange recvd from network BadPort UDP port not setup for exchange received from network TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 22 Ethernet Global Data Tallies task g continued Tally Description AlinErr CMP error responses due to alignment error ExchErr CMP error responses due to invalid exchange specified in request SigErr CMP error responses due to signature error in request LenErr CMP error responses due to length error in request OffErr CMP error responses due to invalid data o
227. nfigured for SNTP synchronization Series 90 Ethernet Interfaces automatically synchronize to the SNTP server with the lowest stratum number Appendix A Glossary A 9 Subnet Subnet Id Subnet Mask The subnet mask is a mechanism to logically divide a large network into smaller subnets according to your local assignment of IP addresses to nodes on the network Nodes on the network which have their IP addresses alike for the bits specified in the subnet mask can talk to each other directly nodes whose IP addresses are not alike in these same bits must talk indirectly via an intermediate gateway or router As described in an appendix to your Ethernet Interface s user manual the 32 bits of an IP address are divided between a net id part and a host id part The class of the IP address determines how many bits are in the net id and how many are in the host id In general the net id portion of the IP address on the left is assigned by the Internet authorities The host id portion on the right is assigned by your local network administrator Subnetting is locally optional and consists of designating some any number of the host id bits as an extended net id or subnet id The added subnet id bits are normally taken from the host id bits adjacent to the net id and the subnet mask identifies these bits In your Ethernet module configuration you specify these bits as one 1 and the remaining host id bits as zero 0 For further information refer
228. notification Entry 3 contains an internal error code which indicates the system events being deregistered The details are found in the SCode value LAN system software fault resuming A system event notification error occurred The notification could not be sent due to an operating system error or the notification occurred before the event notification user list was created Entry 3 may contain an internal error code which indicates the system event being sent The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming An operating system error occurred while the CFG main task was receiving messages from other tasks The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming Cannot perform autoconfiguration due to an error while allocating space for the backup configuration in non volatile memory or while retrieving the backup configuration from non volatile memory Entry 3 contains an internal error code The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming Unable to update Advanced User Parameters File during a station manager chparm command processing A failure occurred while allocating space for the new parameter or while retrieving the current Advanced User Parameter file from non volatile memory The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming An error response message was returned from the CPU
229. ns the command number LAN system software fault resuming Request from PLC CPU contained an invalid SRTP message type value Entry 3 contains the message type number Not reported to PLC Fault Table Request from a local task to free a dual port buffer for DVME transfers failed Entry 3 contains a code that identifies the software component where the error was detected Entry 4 contains an MBU error status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN system software fault resuming Request received from PLC for an unknown Ethernet Interface task Entry 4 contains the task ID received from the PLC Entry 5 contains the sequence number of the Request LAN system software fault resuming Request received from PLC for a registered BPD user task that cannot accept a PLC initiated Request Entry 4 contains the task ID received for the PLC Entry 5 contains the sequence number of the Request 12 LAN system software fault resuming BPD user task did not respond to a PLC Request Entry 4 contains the task ID received for the PLC Entry 5 contains the sequence number of the Request 16 Not reported to PLC Fault Table Ethernet Interface has lost sync with PLC CPU during a restart The PLC considers the Ethernet Interface failed and will not resume communications until the next powerup cycle LAN system software fault resuming Improper sequence of Mail backplane commands received f
230. nterface Type 2 and Series 90 30 PLC CPU364 The network port fuse is blown port is unusable Isolate and correct the cause of the problem and then replace the fuse or the Ethernet Interface Refer to GFK 1541 for fuse type and replacement procedures LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw utl Internal system error User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request Verify that connection limits are not being exceeded LAN interface hardware failure switched off network User Action Replace Ethernet Interface LAN network problem exists performance degraded Excessive backlog of transmission requests due to excessive traffic on the network For a sustained period the MAC was unable to send frames as quickly as requested User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN severe network problem attempting recovery External condition prevented transmission of frame in specified timeframe Could be busy network or network problem User Action Check transceiver to make sure it is securely attached to the network Check for unterminated trunk cable LAN system software fault aborted connection resuming Internal system error User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN system software fault restarted LAN I F Internal system error User Action If problem persis
231. nterface States eee eeeeseereee 4 10 Hardware Failure and Software Load States ese eesecsseceseceseceeceseeeseeeseeeseeeees 4 10 Waiting for IP Address State eee eae eian eian ep anr eR ET ie a 4 10 Maintenance staten ciren Wee e E E a Ea E E A EAEE 4 10 Operational State gooide i a E E ne OR eae RE N 4 11 Differences in Station Manager Operation sesseeessesresseseerrsresrrssresresresrrsressessrene 4 11 Chapter 5 Testing on the Network ssessoesoessessoesocssesooesocssessessossocssessossoossessossoossosssesooesoe 5 1 Running a Network Test Using Style A Station Manager eeeeeseereereerererrererrere 5 2 Performing a Ping Testeccenrcosein neari aia a e a a a ai a 5 6 Pinging the Interface from a UNIX host or a PC Running TCP IP Software 5 6 Pinging the Interface Using the Station Manager PING Command cee eeeeeeeeeeee 5 6 Determining If an IP Address Has Already Been Used o on 5 7 Network Test Data Sheet for Style A Station Manager only 5 9 Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Des criptions csccsssscssssscesssssseecees 6 1 Symbols Used in the Station Manager Commands eeeeeeescceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecnsesnaeeaees 6 1 Command Input Processing eeren nerie a n aae en e ES 6 2 BOOTP Command cee s2ehs ies sda oea a ee e e ae a A EA E EE E A ei 6 3 BROWSEDDP Command sses in EE E E E E A i Sa 6 4 CHANNEL Commands c2taiciaiainnideeitiien aes a a a a aas 6
232. nternal transfer timeout timers Entry 3 contains either the task number or an internal error code Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error freeing an internal transaction record Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error generating Station Manager output data Entry 3 contains an internal error code Entry 4 contains the Station Manager command code LAN system software fault resuming Unknown Station Manager command was received Entry 3 contains the unknown Station Manager command code LAN system software fault resuming Error starting PLC Sweep timer task LAN system software fault resuming Error during PLC Sweep or PLC State Change notification Entry 3 contains the notification type code LAN system software fault resuming Error updating Ethernet Status Data LAN system software fault resuming Reject mail received from PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming General non fatal internal error LAN system software fault resuming Error during PLC Driver shutdown Entry 3 contains an internal error code B 56 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 8 Error Handler Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event d
233. ntry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most Station Manager events contain a SCode status value Manager STA events Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 LAN system software fault resuming Failure to initialize start up the Station Manager subsystem Entry 3 is an internal identification code LAN system software fault resuming Failure creating starting a Station Manager subsystem task Entry 3 is an internal identification code LAN system software fault resuming Failure storing setting advanced user parameters in the Station Manager subsystem Entry 3 is an internal identification code LAN system software fault resuming Another network application is communicating on the same UDP port as the remote Station Manager Entry 3 is an internal identification code LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to send data to the remote Station Manager failed Entry 3 is an internal identification code LAN system software fault resuming An error in processing a PING has caused the PING to be aborted B 58 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 10 Common Utility Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event fP This event is logged when a Common Utility exception event occurs Common Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification
234. ntry 4 contains a unique request identification number LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to find the channel machine corresponding to a given channel number has failed Entry 3 contains the particular channel number LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to synchronize Channel API operating parameters with those configured by the user failed Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to register with the Backplane PLC Driver failed Entry 3 contains an error status code describing the failure See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN IF can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error An attempt to allocate a queue header failed LAN IF can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer pool failed LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A Channel Machine was issued an event when in an invalid state Entry 3 identifies the aborted channel number Entry 4 identifies the state Entry 5 identifies the event Valid state and event codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 5 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An internal attempt to send a request to the Backplane PLC Driver failed Entry 3 contains an error status code describing the failure See th
235. nued transferred to the PLC application This error may be logged during a normal shutdown if a request occurs simultaneously with the power shut off LAN system software fault resuming Error retrieving information about the shared memory between the PLC and the Ethernet module Details of the error are found in the SCode LAN system software fault resuming Invalid adapter index encountered in an exchange Entry 3 contains the adapter index LAN system software fault resuming The length field in a received sample does not match with the length of the sample packet Entry 3 contains the received data length This normally indicates an error in the producer of the data LAN system software fault resuming Error in a mail request received from the PLC LAN system software fault resuming Internal error in the EGD subsystem LAN system software fault resuming Error in entering or leaving a critical region Details of the error are found in the SCode LAN system software fault resuming Error processing a consumed exchange time out All subsequent timeout processing is suspect LAN system software fault resuming Error processing internal events within EGD GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 67 Table B 14 SNTP Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event 29 This event is logged when a SNTP exception event occurs Entry 2 values are listed SNTP below Entries
236. oftware Configuring Interface with IP address 0 0 0 0 New CPU with no configuration CPU failure to communicate with Interface Wato for Configuration from PLC CPU max 2 seconds 4 IP Address set over network D Q Waiting for IP Address IP address 0 0 0 0 Symbols The LEDs are labeled from top to bottom as follows EOK LAN IP Address Received 4 STAT The symbols used for the LEDs are defined as follows Es OFF ON X Slow Blink multiple slow blining LEDs blink in unison XK Fast Blink e E O Operational e o x Traffic blinks when there is traffic on the line Operational Full support for client and server capability Uses user defined Advanced Parameters Blinking an error code The process symbols are defined as follows LI Temporary condition requires no intervention lt gt Decision point during power up CD Interface State normally the Interface remains in a State unless there is user intervention Figure 3 3 States of the Series 90 30 CPU374 Ethernet Interface GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 11 3 12 Table 3 3 Problems During Power Up Style B Station Manager Ethernet Interface LED Pattern Where Stopped Possible Cause Corrective Actions EOK OFF A Fatal Hardware Error E Make sure the PLC has power O LAN OFF E Examine blink code for clues O STAT OFF Hardware E Examine PLC Fault Table for
237. oftware fault resuming Internal error Additional unsolicited mail or service response data arrived from the Backplane PLC Driver when such data was unexpected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A mailbox buffer pointer was found to be NULL LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming The Backplane PLC Driver returned bad status in response to a request Entry 3 may contain the aborted channel number or c0 if no channel was aborted Entry 4 contains a status code indicating the type of failure Entry 5 uniquely identifies the request that failed See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Mailbox traffic of unwanted type arrived from the Backplane PLC Driver Entry 3 may contain the aborted channel number or c0 if no channel was aborted Entry 4 identifies the offending traffic type LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error The Channel API received a backplane transfer response of an unwanted transfer class Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains a code identifying the class Valid class codes are UNKNOWN READ_DATA WRITE_DATA WRITE_DCS WRITE_CRSW WRITE_CSB LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A Backplane PLC Driver event indication routine was invoked but the Channel API does not have any u
238. olproof mechanism to prevent unauthorized changes For the greatest protection restrict the number of people who know the password restrict access to the Station Manager terminal and always log off when you leave the Station Manager To list the Monitor commands and Modify commands on the screen type HELP lt RET gt or lt RET gt TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G The following table provides a brief description of the Modify commands Table 4 3 Modify Commands for a Style A Station Manager Command Description BOOTP Supply temporary configuration parameters Not recommended if PLC CPU is configured properly BROWSEDDP Display names defined in the DDP Directory Information Base CHDATE Change date Not recommended if Ethernet Interface obtains correct date and time from the PLC CPU CHLTIME Change login timeout CHMYNAME Change or create Network Address Name Not permitted if the Network Address Name is configured at the PLC Programmer CHNAMETBL Add change or delete entries in the Name Table Not permitted if the Name Table is configured at the PLC Programmer CHPARM Change a specified advanced user parameter CHSNTP Temporarily override automatic SNTP time synchronization server selection CHSOSW Change Soft Switch data Not recommended if PLC CPU is configured properly CHTIME Change time Not recommended if Ethernet Interface obtains correct
239. om the Backplane PLC Driver Entry 3 may contain the aborted channel number or c0 if no channel was aborted Entry 4 identifies the offending traffic type LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error The Channel API received a backplane transfer response of an unwanted transfer class Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains a code identifying the class Valid class codes are 1 READ_DATA 2 WRITE_DATA 4 WRITE_CRSW LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A Backplane PLC Driver event indication routine was invoked but the Channel API does not have any use for such an event Entry 4 contains a Backplane PLC Driver task identification Entry 5 contains a request identification number LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A NULL buffer pointer was detected Entry 3 can contain the aborted channel number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error A request to notify the Channel API of the next CPU scan failed LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a new channel machine failed Entry 3 contains the requested channel number Bad local application request discarded request A COMMREQ arrived to the Channel API containing a command code that was not recognized as a Channel API command Entry 3 contains the command code GF
240. om the PLC CPU This may take several seconds depending upon the PLC configuration If configuration data is not received the Ethernet Interface will use a backup copy of the most recent valid configuration data Each Ethernet Interface is shipped from the factory with a valid set of default backup configuration data Refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual for details on the power up process The Restart pushbutton is not operable during the Ethernet Interface diagnostic phase nor is the Station Manager active Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 Software Load State The Software Load state is automatically entered if the Power up Diagnostics detect a problem with the primary software For Style A Station Manager modules it can also be entered if the Station Manager user issues a LOAD command or the Restart pushbutton is pressed and held until the bottom STAT LED comes ON In the Software Load state all Ethernet Interface LEDs are blinking in unison In the Software Load state the Ethernet Interface can accept a download of its operating software from an external PC Loader device a PC running the PC Software Loader program Refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual Appendix C for a description of the software loading process Once a software load has begun the existing communications software is deleted the Ethernet Interface must be complete
241. om the unrecognized message This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN system software fault resuming Error return from a request to scan EGD consumed data Details of the error are found in the SCode One or more samples will be lost or delayed in being transferred to the PLC application This error may be logged during a normal shutdown if a request occurs simultaneously with the power shut off Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Error in sending mail to the PLC Typically this will result in the PLC CPU generating a loss of module fault on the Ethernet module LAN system software fault resuming Error in generating Station Manager output Details of the error are found in the SCode Entry 3 contains an additional internal error code LAN system software fault resuming Error in printing tally output Details of the error are found in the SCode LAN system software fault resuming Unknown Station Manager command was received Entry 3 contains the unknown Station Manager command code LAN system software fault resuming Error in identifying the state of a produced exchange This is an internal error and should be reported to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN system software fault resuming Error in communicating between EGD tasks Entry 3 and Entry 4 contain additional internal error codes This is an internal error and should be reported
242. on LED Names in the previous section States of the Ethernet Interface LED Status After Power Up OK oy LAN ON or Blinking if Traffic is Present SER or FDX O OFF STAT oN The AAUI Only type CMM321 has a SER LED the 10Base T type CMM321 has an FDX LED the CPU364 and CPU374 do not have this LED If STAT LED is OFF check the PLC Fault Table Alternatively use the Station Manager LOG command Problems During Power up If a problem is detected during power up the Ethernet Interface may not transition directly to the Operational state If the Interface does not transition to Operational check the LED pattern on the Interface and refer to Figure 3 1 3 2 or 3 3 to find out where the Interface stopped Refer to Table 3 1 3 2 or 3 3 for corrective actions TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G States of the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 and the Type 2 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface IC697CMM742 1 The Ethernet Interface is initialized by Ethernet Interface Initializing 1 Powering up the PLC Storing a new configuration to the PLC with changes for the Ethernet Interface 2 10 seconds Series 90 30 Pressing the Restart pushbutton 10 20 seconds Series 90 70 Issuing a Station Manager RESTART LOAD or MAINT command Internal System Error occurring when Interface is Operational A Hardware Failur
243. on condition has occurred properly Replace transceiver Terminate network cable properly E Examine PLC Fault Table to find out why the STAT LED is OFF Identify the PLC fault message using PLC Programmer then refer to Table 3 4 for corrective actions TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Troubleshooting Using the Station Manager The Station Manager provides interactive commands that can be used to troubleshoot the Ethernet Interface There are two types of commands monitor commands and modify commands The monitor commands allow you to observe internal statistics the contents of an exception log and configuration parameter values The modify commands allow you to clear the statistics and the log and to change parameter values The Station Manager commands are discussed in detail in Chapter 6 7 Command Descriptions Within the Ethernet Interface software are various tasks each of which performs a specific function For example the TCP task performs the TCP protocol functions Many Station Manager commands allow you to access information about one or more specific task at a time Tasks for Modules Using Style A Station Manager The figure below provides a visual reference for the various tasks within the Ethernet Interface software Series 90 70 30 PLC stem 02 Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Server Channel API s 1f m 1e S i Station
244. oot a problem see GFK 1186 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC Station Manager Manual OK ON O LAN ON Traffic OFF O FDX ON OFF O STAT ON OFF 1 FDX should be ON if Full Duplex mode is activated otherwise it should be OFF F Operational If the LAN LED is OFF the problem may be E Network cable or transceiver not connected to Interface or bad transceiver E Network cable not terminated properly E SQE not enabled on transceiver If the STAT LED is OFF an exception condition has occurred E Connect cable and transceiver properly Replace transceiver E Terminate network cable properly E Set SQE ON on transceiver in accord with manufacturer s instructions E Examine PLC Fault Table to find out why the STAT LED is OFF Identify the PLC fault message using PLC Programmer then refer to Table 3 4 for corrective actions TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G States of the Series 90 30 CPU364 Ethernet Interface 1 The Ethernet Interface is initialized by Powering up the PLC Storing a new configuration to the PLC with changes for the Ethernet Interface Ethernet Interface Pressing the Restart pushbutton Q Initializing 1 Issuing a Station Manager RESTART LOAD or MAINT command Internal System Error occurring when Interface is Operational 9 approx 2 6 seconds A Hardware
245. op bit No flow control 3 Press the Enter key The Station Manager should respond with the Station Manager prompt character gt Note The Ethernet Interface may intermittently miss input characters at the serial port when the module is very busy Missed inputs are not echoed to the user Under these conditions the user should verify that the input character is echoed Terminal Emulators A terminal emulator is supplied with the Windows operating system that can be used to access the Station Manager Also the GEnet System Manager GSM software supplied with the Series 90 PLC Ethernet Interface Type 1 software and the Series 15 16 CNC Ethernet software contains a terminal emulator that can be used to access the Station Manager port on the Series 90 Ethernet Interfaces There are three ways to use the GSM to access the Station Manager on the Series 90 Ethernet Interface 1 The personal computer on which the GSM runs can be connected directly to the Station Manager serial port on the Series 90 Ethernet Interface 2 The personal computer on which the GSM runs can be connected directly to the Station Manager serial port on an Ethernet Interface Then the REM Station Manager command can be addressed to a remote Series 90 Ethernet Interface over the network 3 The personal computer on which the GSM runs can remotely access the Series 90 Ethernet Interface over the network using the network interface within the PC when the GSM
246. ot initialized for reception InErrors Number of incoming datagrams discarded by the UDP stack because they are invalid datagrams e g invalid checksums etc OtDatagm Number of outgoing UDP datagrams sent by the UDP stack to remote hosts Table C 15 SRTP Server Tallies Tally v Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 9 C 10 Table C 16 TCP Tallies Tally w RtoAlgm The algorithm used to determine the timeout value used for retransmitting tcpRtoAlgorithm unacknowledged bytes RtoMin The minimum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission tcpRtoMin timeout measured in milliseconds RtoMax The maximum value permitted by a TCP implementation for the retransmission tepRtoMax timeout measured in milliseconds MaxConn The limit on the total number of TCP connections the entity can support tepMaxConn ActOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN tepActiveOpens SENT state from the CLOSED state PasOpens The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN tcpPassiveOpens RCVD state from the LISTEN state AtmptFai The number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the tepAttemptFails CLOSED state from either the SYN SENT state or the SYN RCVD state plus the number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the LISTEN state from the SYN RCVD state EstabRes The number of times TCP connections
247. ot reported to PLC Fault Table DNS Server unreachable LAN system software fault resuming General internal error Event 28 This event is logged by the Global Data Subsystem Ethernet Global Entry 5 is an index number that identifies a particular Global Data exchange if known Data EGD events This value corresponds to the location within the Global Data exchange table displayed by the stat g Station Manager command Entry 6 uniquely identifies the software component within the Global Data subsystem which reported the error Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN system software fault resuming An unwanted event arrived from the Backplane Driver LAN system software fault resuming An unwanted BPX tracking structure class arrived into the subsystem Entry 4 contains a code identifying the backplane transfer class Valid class codes are 0 UNKNOWN 1 ESTABLISH 2 CANCEL 3 READ_DATA LAN system software fault resuming A matching BPX structure could not be found for a backplane message Error 5 may contain a BPD error status code Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Backplane message was received with a bad status value Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Mailbox field within a backplane message was NULL Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The more data flag used by backplane driver was set unexpectedly Entry 3 is the
248. ou still cannot solve your problem call GE Fanuc Automation NA Please have the following information available when you call The Name and Catalog Number marked on the product label on the outside of the side wall of the Interface cover Description of symptoms of problem Depending on the problem you may also be asked for the following information O The ladder logic application program and the PLC sweep time at the time the problem occurred O A listing of the configuration parameters for the Ethernet Interface that failed O A description of the network configuration This should include the following The number of PLCs and host computers accessing the network The type of network cable used for example twisted pair fiber optic etc The length of network cable The manufacturer and quantity of transceivers hubs and network switches used GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 21 Chapter 4 How to use the Station Manager This chapter describes the two types of Station Manager commands monitor and modify commands and general rules for using them Also discussed are the various states of the Ethernet Interface and how the Station Manager operates in each state Note The Station Manager is a background task It only executes when communication processing is not occurring Because of this the command response time is sensitive to the communication load of the Ethernet Interface the greater
249. oute could be found to transmit them to their destination ReasmTO The maximum number of seconds which received fragments are held while they are awaiting reassembly at this entity ReasmReq Number of IP fragments received which needed to be reassembled at this entity ReasmOKs Number of IP datagrams successfully reassembled ReasmFai Number of failures detected by the IP reassembly algorithm for whatevere reason timed out errors message size too big etc FragOKs Number of IP datagrams that have been successfully fragmented at this entity FragFail Number of IP datagrams that have been discarded because they needed to be fragmented at this entity but could not be e g because their Don t Fragment flag was set FragCrea Number of IP datagrams that have been generated as a result of fragmentation at this entity Filtered IP packets ignored because not addressed to this node and destination is unreachable Appendix C Tally Descriptions Table C 26 ICMP IGMP Tallies task j Tally Description InMsgs Number of ICMP messages received InErrors Number of ICMP messages received that have errors bad checksums etc InDstUnr Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received InTimeEx Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received InParmPr Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received InSrcQch Number of ICMP So
250. owing then press the Enter key chparm lfduplex 0 The screen should now look like the following figure lt lt lt Maintenance State gt gt gt Invoked due to MAINT command chparm lfduplex 0 Old value 1 0001H New value Oo 0000H Data backup in progress do not restart or power off until next prompt 5 Once this change is made the Ethernet Interface module must be restarted before Half Duplex mode can take effect so press the Restart pushbutton on the Ethernet Interface module After a restart the FDX LED will be OFF and Half Duplex communications will be performed GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 27 s PING Command The PING command has the form PING lt node gt lt cnt gt lt sch gt lt len gt where lt node gt is the IP address of the remote node to be pinged i e to be sent ICMP Echo Request messages Enter in standard IP dotted decimal form or the Network Address Name 31 characters max lt cnt gt is the number of times the ping is to be repeated Default is 1 Range is 0 through ffffH lt sch gt specifies the maximum amount of time to wait for a reply to each ping The timeout interval is expressed in 10 millisecond units Default is 1 10 milliseconds Range is 0 through 7fffH A value of 0 results in the value of 100 1 second delay used lt len gt is the number of data bytes in the Echo Request message The actual data pa
251. p 0 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G STOPT Command The STOPT command has the form STOPT This command causes an active TEST sequence to stop at its next iteration and to print the results of the terminated test It is used to terminate a long running test before its completion A typical STOPT command is shown below stopt Test stopped by operator lt lt lt Test Results gt gt gt Command test lt lt 0800190100fb gt gt 100H 32H OH NULL Init node lt lt 08001901001f gt gt Frames sent Responding nodes Response recd Response w err lt lt 0800190100fb gt gt 87H TALLY Command The TALLY command has the form TALLY lt task s gt where lt task s gt is one or more task identification letters from Table 4 3 Page 1 of 1 87H Nodes responding No Response This command causes the current value of the tallies for the specified task or tasks to be displayed Some of these tallies simply indicate load and performance information about the station Others can indicate whether or not there are problems either within the station or within the network An example TALLY command is shown below gt tally c lt lt lt PLC Driver Tallies gt gt gt PlcQFull 0000H PlcSweep 03c9H PlcAbt 0000H MsgSent 0036H Read 0010H Timeout 0000H Refer to Appendix C Tally Descriptions for a list of the tallies and their meanings Msg
252. peration that uses dual port memory is rejected because the required dual port memory was not previously allocated Usually caused by error when establishing an SRTP server connection or failure to request dual port allocation Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Could not generate work queue entry Entry 4 contains the event that was trying to be scheduled which is one of the following Entry 4 Description Mail message received from PLC Ethernet Interface timed out waiting for a response from the CPU Received mail message for diagnostics task Circular queue full mail message dropped Retrying mailbox initialization Entry 5 contains additional information related to the event type Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Backplane Driver scheduled with illegal event Entry 4 contains the event code received Module state doesn t permit Comm_Req request discarded COMMREQ received outside of normal system operation e g when IP address is 0 0 0 0 or module is in the Maintenance state The ladder program should not have issued a COMMREQ while in this state Bit 16 LANIFOK in the LAN Interface Status bits is 0 LAN system software fault resuming Backplane Driver initializing without Soft Switches from the CPU This will occur if the LAN Interface is not configured in the PLC via the PLC Programmer Configuration Software B 14 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Mana
253. port in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L CHPARM Command The Ethernet Interface must be in the Maintenance state to execute this command The CHPARM command has the form CHPARM lt parm name gt lt value gt def or CHPARM ALL DEF where lt parm name gt specifies the name of an advanced user parameter see Table 6 2 lt value gt specifies the new value for the specified advanced parameter def may be entered instead of an actual value to set the specified parameter to its factory default value This command changes the value of a specified advanced user parameter Advanced user parameters are not configurable by the PLC Programmer configuration package default values are normally used Itis not recommended that you change any advanced parameter other than stpasswd Changes do not take effect until the Ethernet Interface is restarted or power is cycled such that the Operational state is entered Advanced user parameters are saved in non volatile flash memory Changes made by the CHPARM command are retained over restart and power cycles until changed again by the CHPARM command Important note If you change these parameters record any changes made for future reference A typical CHPARM command is shown below chparm ltxringlen 7 Old value 3 0003H New value 7 0007H Note
254. pper byte contains TCP flags TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request A remote node attempted to establish a new TCP connection when all TCP connections were already in use RST was sent to the remote endpoint Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H The lower byte of Entry 5 is the TCP state of the connection the upper byte contains TCP flags TCP states are listed under Entry 2 f Connection to remote node failed resuming Unable to establish a connection to a remote node because the internal listen queue is full Entries 3 and 4 are the IP address of the remote host displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H Entry 5 is the local port number GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 23 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 13 Internal System Error Toolkit XTI events An error occurred in the generic transport layer interface This system software error should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA Event 14 Internal System Error Toolkit shell An error occurred in the application protocol toolkit shell as a result of an internal events error This system software error should be reported to GE Fanuc Automat
255. pting to remove a Task from the event notification list The details are found in the SCode value returned by the UTL subsystem d LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized event was received by the timeout task Entry 3 contains the event code f LAN system software fault resuming An unidentified subsystem attempted to vote on the module OK status 10 LAN system software fault resuming Failure attempting to process a station manager command Entry 3 contains an internal error code The details are found in the SCode value If no SCode value exists an invalid station manager command was attempted 11 LAN system software fault resuming A failure was encountered when attempting to retrieve the internal system time from the DIAG subsystem This will cause unreliable operation of the STAT LED 12 LAN system software fault resuming An internal operating system error occurred while retrieving or updating the current time value in shared memory This may cause unreliable timestamp values in produced EGD exchanges Entry 3 may contain an internal error code which indicates a failure occurred while converting to POSIX time The details are found in the SCode value 13 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred receiving confirmation from one or more subsystems during the restart sequence The restart will still occur Entry 3 may contain an internal error code The details are fou
256. qualifier for task v specifies a connection ID as shown in the stat v Multiple trace qualifiers for the same task may be given lt minutes gt is an optional parameter that specifies how long TRACE will remain active Default is 10 minutes This parameter is a character string that specifies an integer which can be 0 or a value from 1 to 32767 If 0 is specified then time out is not enforced Any non zero value specifies the duration in minutes after which the trace activity will automatically cease Login will be maintained automatic logout will be inhibited until after the trace has terminated lt len_ref gt is an optional parameter that limits the amount of PDU z data to be displayed The PDU display format is a character string that specifies an integer value ranging from to 32767 If omitted from the command line the value 48 will be substituted This parameter provides the flexibility to view the PDU in its entirety or just a portion of it Since each line of display consists of 16 bytes and if truncating of the PDU does take place always at the end of a line and trailed by gt on the next line the actual number of bytes displayed will be rounded up to the next multiple of 16 from lt len_ref gt There is of course a performance penalty for displaying large PDUs when they occur frequently The identifier disables all tracing and should only be used by itself This command causes a diagnostic trace of
257. r Additional service response data arrived from the Backplane PLC Driver when such data was unexpected LAN system software fault resuming Unexpected protocol ID in Modbus TCP request Modbus TCP requires protocol ID of 0 LAN system software fault resuming PDU length greater than Modbus TCP message size limit of 255 bytes LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal Error Unwanted traffic Invalid mailbox type received from the CPU GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 41 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Losevent Code Possible Cause and Reston Event 26 Entry 3 of any Backup exception is a code uniquely identifying the software Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Backup events component of Backup which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 0 Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart An attempt to start a sector erase with FLASH_start_sector_erase failed Entry 4 contains a status code of interest to developers If the error persists replace the LAN Interface Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart A check on sector erase using FLASH_check_sector_erase failed Entry 4 contains a status code of interest to developers If the error persists replace the LAN Interface Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart A write of flash do
258. r Configuration from PLC E Did not configure slot using the PLC Programmer E CPU not communicating with Ethernet Interface Condition can last a maximum of 2 seconds E Use the PLC Programmer configuration software to configure the Interface then store the configuration to the PLC CPU E Power cycle the PLC E Clear faults and Restart Interface EOK Slowblink 7 0 LAN ON Traffic OFF STAT Slowblink EOK and STAT blink in unison D Waiting for IP Address Interface s IP address has not been configured or has been configured as 0 0 0 0 E Use the PLC Programmer to configure the Interface with a non zero IP address E Use a BOOTP server to provide Interface with a non zero IP address EOK Slowblink O LAN ON Traffic OFF O STAT ON OFF E Maintenance E Restart pushbutton until the bottom two LEDs turn ON E Station Manager MAINT command issued E Internal System Error when Interface was Operational caused a restart and entrance into Maintenance E If you did not intend to enter Maintenance press the Restart pushbutton for less than 5 seconds This clears the Maintenance request E Examine PLC Fault Table for clues E If you need to use the Station Manager to troubleshoot a problem see GFK 1186 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC Station Manager Manual EOK ON O LAN ON Traffic OFF 0 STAT ON OFF F Operational If
259. r Status Definitions for EGD Subsystem ee cesecesecesecesecesseeeeceseeeseeeeneesnes E 6 Error Status Definitions for UTL Subsystem eee eeceseceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeesneeeseeeseeenees E 6 Vil Chapter Introduction l This manual describes how to access and use the Station Manager software which resides in the firmware of the PLC Ethernet Interface products listed below Series 90 30 PLC Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 both types Series 90 30 PLC CPU364 with embedded Ethernet Interface IC693CPU364 Series 90 30 PLC CPU374 with embedded Ethernet Interface IC693CPU374 Series 90 70 PLC Ethernet Interface Type 2 IC697CMM742 The term Ethernet Interface will generally be used in this manual to describe these products The Ethernet Interface enables Series 90 PLCs to communicate with other Series 90 PLCs with GE Fanuc programming software and with computer applications developed using GE Fanuc Ethernet protocols such as CIMPLICITY HMI Refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual for information on installing and programming the Ethernet Interface The Station Manager is a part of the communications software built into the Ethernet Interface The Station Manager executes as a background function to provide interactive supervisory access to the Ethernet Interface The Station Manager is available when the Ethernet Interface is in the Operational or Maintenance
260. ragFails be fragmented at this entity but could no be e g because their Don t Fragment flag was set FragCrea The number of IP datagrams that have been generated as a result of ipFragCreate fragmentation at this entity Filtered The number of IP datagrams ignored because they were sent to an unreachable IP user and not directly addressed to this node GFK 1186G Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 3 C 4 Table C 5 IP Router Tallies part of Tally i Tally Meaning ToPtDel Number of packets sent to routing partner Number of packets discarded before delivery to routing partner FrPtDel Number of packets from routing partner received for this node FrPtNoQ Number of packets from routing partner discarded input queue full ToNetDel Number of packets from routing partner sent over network to a non gateway destination NoPtDsc Number of packets from network discarded because destination not in routing partner table Note only used in Release 2 5 or earlier FrPtTyp Number of packets from routing partner discarded unknown packet type FrPtGwy Number of packets discarded because gateway address is invalid Note only used in Release 2 5 or earlier TTLzero Number of routed frames discarded because time to live has been decremented to zero NtGWDel Number of packets from the network or originating locally sent to a gateway identified in the routing table NtDGDel Number of packets from the network or o
261. rameters 6 24 7 14 B BOOTP command A 6 3 BROWSEDDP command A 6 4 Byte String Values 4 9 C CHANNEL command A 6 5 CHDATE command A 6 6 CHLTIME command A 6 6 CHLTIME command B 7 2 CHMYNAME command A 6 7 CHNAMETBL command A 6 8 CHPARM command A 6 9 CHPARM command B 7 3 CHSNTP command A 6 11 CHSOSW command A 6 12 CHSOSW command B 7 4 CHTIME command A 6 13 CHTIME command B 7 5 CLEAR command A 6 13 CLEAR command B 7 5 Command descriptions 7 1 Configuration Parameters Station Manager 6 24 7 14 Control Characters A Station Manager 6 2 Control Characters Station Manager 7 2 D Date 4 7 6 6 DATE command A 6 14 Decimal Values 4 9 Determining if an IP address has been used 5 7 Diagnostic Tools 3 2 Display Data Representation 4 9 Duplicate IP address 5 7 E Ethernet Interface Powering lt 106 gt up 3 6 Exception Log Event Codes Index Style A B 4 Style B B 48 Exception Log Events B 2 EXS command A 6 14 EXS Clearing 6 13 7 5 Extended Status 6 14 F Fault table 3 18 Fault Table 3 2 fcache_sz 6 25 Format Byte String 4 9 IP Address 4 9 Numeric 4 9 fretries 6 25 frun_time 6 25 fttl 6 25 Full duplex configuring 6 26 G GEnet System Manager 2 3 Glossary of Terms A 1 A 3 GSM 2 3 H Half duplex configuring 6 27 Hardware failure 3 8 3 10 3 12 Hardware Failure state 3 3 4 10 Heap
262. ransfer identifier LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt was made to activate an idle PDU machine LAN system software fault resuming B 40 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Entry 2 codes Continued Event 1P Modbus TCP Server events continued 35 38 LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to write more TCP data for a transaction machine failed LAN system software fault resuming An attempt was made to use the Modbus TCP Server task when it was not initialized LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An event arrived to a transaction machine in an invalid state Entry 4 contains the offending state code Entry 5 contains the event code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An event arrived to a connection machine in an invalid state Entry 4 contains the offending state code Entry 5 contains the event code LAN system software fault resuming No connection found for task ID contained in mailbox LAN system software fault resuming An unknown PLC request was received Entry 4 is the traffic type and Entry 5 is the service request code of the offending mailbox Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal erro
263. ress 10 0 0 1 Parameter changes will not take effect until next powerup or restart TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G CHTIME Command Use the CHTIME command to set both the time and date for the Ethernet Interface When modified with the CHTIME command the Ethernet interface internal clock is set to not synchronized This command is rejected if the Ethernet interface is synchronized to an external SNTP time server A time value is required date value is optional Valid dates are JAN 01 1998 DEC 31 2097 If an invalid date or time is entered the internal clock is not changed Changes remain in effect until the Ethernet interface in power cycled or restarted This command applies only to the Ethernet interface it does not change the time kept in the PLC CPU CHTIME Command Format CHTIME lt MMM DD YYYY gt lt HH MM SS gt lt MMM gt is the month JAN DEC lt DD gt is the day of the month 1 31 lt YYYY gt is the year 2002 lt HH gt is an hour in the range 0 23 lt MM gt is an optional minute in the range 0 59 which defaults to 0 lt SS gt is an optional second in the range 0 59 which defaults to 0 Leading zeros do not need to be entered CHTIME Command Example chtime feb 21 2002 23 00 10 Feb 21 2002 23 00 10 2 Date time not synchronized CLEAR Command The CLEAR command has the form CLEAR LOG
264. rface restarts in most cases and are cleared when the user issues the Station Manager CLEAR LOG command For the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface only the exception log contents are cleared when power is cycled Each task uses a unique numeric code to identify its entries in the exception log Table 3 4 Exception Log Event Definitions Log Event Cause 1 2 and 3 gt 0 Aa pmi 13 14 15 16 18 la 1b lc ld le 1f 26 27 28 29 2a Power up A log entry of this event will appear every time the Ethernet Interface is Restarted or powered up System events PLC driver events LLC events ERR events Station manager events Common utility events IP events TCP events Toolkit XTI events Toolkit shell events Toolkit user events ARP events ICMP events Application specific events SRTP Server events SRTP Channel API events IGMP events Modbus TCP Channel API events Modbus TCP Server events Non volatile memory backup events Naming Services events Ethernet Global Data events SNTP events Runtime diagnostic events GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 15 When the STAT LED is OFF If the Ethernet Interface is in the Operational or the Maintenance state and the STAT LED is OFF then the Ethernet Interface has detected an exception condition and has made an entry in the Exception Log Each new not repeating log event is also sent to the PLC Fault Table where it can be viewe
265. ries 3 amp 4 contain the multicast group s IP address LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to close a UDP port failed Entry 4 contains the UDP port number LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming An attempt to allocate a software timer failed Event 29 This event is logged by the SNTP Protocol Subsystem SNTP events Entry 3 uniquely identifies the software component within the SNTP protocol subsystem which reported the error Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 User Application Fault or Remote protocol server fault detected resuming No suitable time server was found within the time out period while the module is in the unsynchronized state User Application Fault or Remote protocol server fault detected resuming The lock on the time server was lost The module has switched to another time server and it is still in synchronized state Entries 5 amp 6 contains the IP address of the lost server in hexadecimal format For example the address 10 0 0 1 is shown as OAOOH 0001H LAN system software fault resuming The module failed a request to allocate a software timer This is an internal resource problem The module may not detect conditions until a new software timer is successfully allocated Entries 5 amp 6 may contain the IP address of the server for which the allocation was intended for if applicable The address is shown in hexadecimal format For
266. riginating locally sent to the default gateway PtGWDel Number of packets from routing partner sent to a gateway in the routing table PtDGDel Number of packets from routing partner sent to the default gateway PtFwdDg Number of packets from a routing partner which should be forwarded 1 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Table C 6 Redundant IP Tallies part of Tally i These tallies are reserved Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table C 7 ICMP Tallies Tally j Tally InMsgs icmpInMsgs The total number of ICMP messages received InErrors icmpInErrors The number of ICMP messages received that have errors bad checksums etc InDstUnr icmpInDestUnreachs The number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received InTimeEx icmpInTimeExcds The number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received InParmPr icmpInParmProbs The number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received InSrcQch icmpInSrcQuenchs The number of ICMP Source Quench messages received InRedir icmpInRedirects The number ICMP Redirect messages received InEchos icmpInEchos The number of ICMP Echo requests messages received InEchoRp icmpInEchoReps The number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received InTmSp icmpInTimestamps The number of ICMP Timestamp request messages received InTmSpRp icmpInTimestampReps The number of ICMP Tim
267. rite more TCP data for a transaction machine failed Continued 36 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to allocate a work block 38 LAN system software fault resuming An attempt was made to use the SRTP Server task when it was not initialized 39 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to QAlloc a buffer Entry 4 contains the buffer size in bytes LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a new session tracking structure failed LAN system software fault resuming A service request processor address of 0 was detected in the context of automatic session termination Such an address is the result of the use of 0 in the DEST field of a session establish mailbox SRTP Server can not support the use of DEST address 0 with automatic session termination LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to automatically terminate a dangling session failed Entries 5 and 6 contain the DEST address of the service request processor with the session LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to synchronize SRTP Server operating parameters with configured values LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An event arrived to a transaction machine in an invalid state Entry 4 contains the offending state code Entry 5 contains the event code LAN system software fault resuming Inte
268. rmed Request 5 Error Request 6 Destinations Request 7 Destinations Response Entry 5 contains the low word of the data field Bad remote application request discarded request An SRTP PDU arrived with a PDU type code that the Channel API does not support At present the Channel API only supports the arrival of the following PDU types Connect Response Data Response and Error Request Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains the offending PDU type code LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed LAN system software fault resuming The Channel API software was accessed by other internal software but the Channel API has not yet been initialized TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 1c Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Channel API 12 LAN system software fault resuming events Continued Internal error An attempt to find the channel machine corresponding to a given TCP connection has failed Entry 3 contains the TCP endpoint identifier of the particular TCP connection LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a work block failed Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number LAN system s
269. rnal error An event arrived to a connection machine in an invalid state Entry 4 contains the offending state code Entry 5 contains the event code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to set a timer with STIMreq failed LAN system software fault resuming No connection found for task ID contained in mailbox LAN system software fault resuming An unknown PLC request was recevied Entry 4 is the traffic type and Entry 5 is the service request code of the offending mailbox B 30 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 1c Entry 6 of any SRTP Channel API exception is a code uniquely identifying the SRTP Channel API Software component of the SRTP Channel API which reported the exception events Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error The Channel API software encountered an internal use as opposed to user application use of a channel number that is out of range Entry 3 contains the offending channel number LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed Entry 3 contains the channel number Entry 4 contains the number of bytes the Channel API was attempting to allocate LAN system software
270. rnet Interface How to I figure out what went wrong Chapter 3 Troubleshooting How do I use the Station Manager in general Chapter 4 How to Use the Station Manager How can I use the Station Manager to test the Chapter 5 Testing Ethernet Interfaces on the Network Ethernet Interfaces and verify operation of the physical network Where do I find descriptions of each Station Chapter 6 Style A Command Descriptions Manager Command Or Chapter 7 Style B Command Descriptions See especially the following commands LOG command TALLY command STAT command 1 2 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Chapter Accessing the Station Manager 2 The Station Manager on the Ethernet Interface can be accessed in two ways 1 Through the Station Manager serial port on the Ethernet Interface by a PC running a terminal emulator typically Hyperterm or by an ASCII terminal See Figure 2 1 2 Remotely over the Ethernet network via another Ethernet Interface by a PC running a terminal emulator or by an ASCII terminal This method requires the use of the REM Remote command to access the remote station See Figure 2 2 a45623 Ethernet RS 232 ETHERNET SERIAL LINK INTERFACE STATION MANAGER SERIES 90 70 PLC PC Running a Terminal Emulator SERIES 90 30 PLC or an ASCII Terminal Figure 2 1 Station Manager Accessed Locally through the Station Manager Port
271. rnet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Chapter 3 GFK 1186G Troubleshooting This chapter is a guide to troubleshooting and problem isolation for the Ethernet Interface The chapter covers the following topics Diagnostic tools available States of the Ethernet Interface Troubleshooting using the LEDs Troubleshooting using the Station Manager Troubleshooting using the PLC Fault Table What to do if you cannot solve the problem 3 2 Diagnostic Tools Available for Troubleshooting There are several tools to assist you in diagnosing problems with the Series 90 Ethernet Interface and the network Use the Ethernet Interface LEDs to troubleshoot a problem on power up of the Ethernet Interface and for an immediate visual summary of the operational state of the Interface Refer to the topic Troubleshooting using the LEDs later in this chapter for more information Use the Series 90 PLC Fault Table to troubleshoot a problem once the Interface is running It provides a record of exceptions logged by the PLC the Ethernet Interface and other Series 90 modules The PLC Fault Table may be accessed through the PLC Programmer software Look in the PLC Fault Table for a logged fault then refer to the topic Troubleshooting Using the PLC Fault Table in this chapter for instructions on what action to take Use the Status Data to troubleshoot ladder programs containing COMMREQ functions that initiate comm
272. rom step 2 through step 6 Turning any node s ON or OFF or Restarting any node during this test will artificially inflate the error count 3 Clear the error log and LLC and MAC tallies in all GE Fanuc test responders in the test This step cannot be performed for non GE Fanuc devices using the Station Manager This step can be done for all Ethernet Interfaces at one time by executing the following REMote commands rem 010000000000 login system Logon to all GE Fanuc stations rem 010000000000 clear log Clear logs of all GE Fanuc stations rem 010000000000 clear tally Clear tallies of all GE Fanuc stations Note Pressing lt CTRL R gt will display the last command executed This is especially helpful when you are repeating similar commands Simply display the previous command change the desired part of the command and press Enter This step can be done for individual Ethernet Interfaces by executing the following set of REMote commands for each Ethernet Interface to be tested rem lt node gt login system rem lt node gt clear log rem lt node gt clear tally where lt node gt is the 12 digit MAC address of the target node 4 To clear the error log and LLC and MAC tallies in the test initiator Ethernet Interface issue the following commands clear log clear tally 5 Issue the desired TEST command to initiate the network test test 010000000000 1000 50 256 Tests all GE Fanuc stations on the network or tes
273. rom the PLC CPU B 12 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 8 Entry 2 codes Continued PLC Driver events 19 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Continued Internal error occurred while delivering LAN Interface Status data to the PLC CPU Backplane communication to the PLC CPU has been lost Usually the PLC cannot re establish backplane communication the Ethernet Interface must be restarted to restore communication Entry 4 identifies the type of communication failure as a combination of one or more of the following errors 01 TO scan failure LAN Interface Status cannot be delivered to PLC 02 Mail failure Channels and SRTP Server are inoperative 04 CPU Heartbeat failure PLC CPU is unavailable LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl QCreate call failed LAN I F can t init check parms running soft Sw Utl PoolAlloc call failed Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request QAlloc call failed Entry 4 contains the byte size requested Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request BuffAlloc call failed Entry 4 contains the byte size requested Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Circular mail queue is full and incoming message was lost Entry 4 contains the
274. ror in configuration this error must be corrected using the PLC Programmer Configurator How to determine the netid When a Subnet Mask is configured the station s netid is found by ANDing the Subnet Mask with the IP Address Likewise the gateway s netid is found by ANDing the Subnet Mask with the Gateway Address When a Subnet Mask has not been configured equals 0 0 0 0 the netid of the station and netid of the gateway are determined by the address class For further information on IP addressing see Chapter 5 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual Config d gateway addr bad can t talk off local net An outgoing IP datagram was addressed to a host that is not on the local network A match for its destination subnet could not be found in the routing table and no default gateway or routing partner is configured Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP address bytes of the unreachable destination displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H The user should verify that the IP address of the remote host is correct If correct then the Gateway Address must be configured using the PLC Programmer Configurator Refer to Chapter 5 Network Administration Support in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual for more information on IP addressing GFK 1186G Appendix B Excep
275. s Details about the arguments are discussed with each command All arguments to the commands will be automatically converted to all lower case characters unless they are enclosed in double quotation marks e g A Task Identification Several commands refer to tasks or subsystems of the operating software Each task has a unique identifying letter which is used to select the desired task or tasks The following table shows the task identifiers and their associated tasks Table 4 5 Task Identifiers Identifier Task b System Memory c PLC Driver f ARP g Ethernet Global Data h SRTP Channel API i IP j ICMP Data Link m Modbus TCP Channel API n SNTP r Naming Services s Modbus TCP Server u UDP v SRTP Server w TCP 1 Series 90 30 CPU364 only 4 8 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Series 90 30 CPU374 only Series 90 30 Ethernet Interface IC693CMM321 FH or later only GFK 1186G Display Data Representation The data that is displayed by the Station Manager is formatted in one of several ways depending on the type of data being input or output Note The Ethernet Interface has a limited output buffer for storing and displaying Station Manager command results During heavy Station Manager use the buffer capacity may be exceeded and part of the command results will be lost Numeric Values Most numeric v
276. s For example 224 0 0 1 would be shown as E000H 0001H Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to exchange routing configuration information with partner failed Entry 4 is the VME slot number of the partner at fault 9 LAN system software fault resuming The VME slot number of a configured routing partner is invalid Valid range is 2 9 0a 11 LAN system software fault resuming Internal System Error An error occurred in the Redundant IP subsystem These log events are reserved This system software error should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA 12 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error an attempt to allocate a new ARP table entry failed The error should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation NA B 20 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 12 This event is logged by the TCP layer TCP events Entry 1 will always be zero Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 1 LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request Unable to allocate a TCB in tcpmopen Entry 3 contains the endpoint identifier number used in the tcpmopen call LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL event function pointer used in call to tepmopen Entry 3 contains the endpoint identifier number used in the tcpmopen call
277. s case operation continues but the transmitted message is lost If this occurs too often you may need to redesign your network to limit collisions B 16 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event c Entry 2 codes Continued LLC events 10b LAN severe network problem attempting recovery Continued During attempted transmission either some external condition prevented transmission of a message for at least one second MacErr or a late collision LateColl occurred Use the TALLY L command to distinguish If MacErr is incrementing every 10 seconds the transceiver is likely hearing constant carrier on the network This can be caused by disconnection of the transceiver from the network or by a faulty connection of the transceiver to the network it can also be caused by test equipment attached to the network or by an unterminated trunk cable Are other nodes reporting the same fault LateColl indicates that your Ethernet cable is longer than permitted or contains an excessive number of repeaters hubs normally limited to 3 between any two nodes certain exceptional conditions permit a maximum of 4 the transmitted frame will be lost Online operation should resume within 10 seconds after repair Both MacErr and LateColl may rarely occur under normal network operations if
278. s error is reported when ARP is unable to resolve an IP address to a MAC address Entry 4 is the number of attempts to resolve the IP address Entries 5 amp 6 are the unresolved IP address bytes displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as OAOOH 0001H This error may indicate that the remote host is not operational on the network Verify that the local and remote nodes are both connected and that both applications are specifying proper IP addresses 7 Bad remote application request discarded request Received a response from more than one remote node when resolving an IP address to a MAC address This means two remote nodes have the same IP address Reconfigure the remote nodes to use unique IP addresses Entries 5 amp 6 are the offending IP address displayed as hexadecimal values 8 LAN system software fault resuming Unable to add a new entry into ARP cache 9 Bad remote application request discarded request Received an ARP message from a remote node with this local node s IP address This means there is an IP address conflict Reconfigure the nodes to use unique IP addresses Event 18 This event is logged by ICMP ICMP events Entry 3 of any ICMP exception is a code uniquely identifying the software component of ICMP which reported the exception Entry 2 hexadecimal codes are as follows 2 Can t locate remote node discarded request A remote IP entity returned a Destin
279. s for the specified task or tasks to be displayed Some of these tallies simply indicate load and performance information about the station Others can indicate whether or not there are problems either within the station or within the network An example TALLY command is shown below gt tally v lt lt lt SRTP Server Tallies gt gt gt 21 APR 2002 16 07 38 0 InPDU 00000000H OutPDU 00000000H BadPDU 00000000H InConRq 00000000H OutConRp 00000000H InDatRq 00000000H OutDatRp 00000000H InUncRq 00000000H OutUncRq 00000000H InErrRq 00000000H OutErrRq 00000000H InDisRq 00000000H OutDisRq 00000000H InSesRq 00000000H OpenTO 00000000H Refer to Appendix C Tally Descriptions for a list of the tallies and their meanings GFK 1186G Chapter 7 Style B Station Manager Command Descriptions 7 23 TRACE Command The TRACE command has the form TRACE or TRACE lt task gt lt qual gt lt task s gt lt minutes gt lt len ref gt where lt task s gt is up to 8 task identifier letters chosen from c g or v as described in Table 4 5 or z to add PDU trace Each task letter may be followed by a qualifier that restricts tracing to a specified entry with a task The qualifier must be enclosed in parenthesis and immediately follow the task letter The qualifier for task c specifies a mailbox task ID The qualifier for task g specifies an exchange index as displayed in the stat g The
280. s its Station Manager Note All commands described in this procedure are issued from your test initiator Enter the command test all Lists all nodes on operating network or test 010000000000 Lists all GE Fanuc nodes on operating network The response to test all will return a list of the MAC addresses of all nodes attached to the network and presently operating This list may include other vendor s nodes since the standard IEEE 802 2 test response mechanism is used Testing other vendor s nodes is however beyond the scope of this procedure Ignore responses from these nodes Using either of the addresses all or 010000000000 to access stations on the network is recommended only under controlled test conditions Execution of Station Manager commands on an operational network using these addresses may generate a great deal of traffic and might degrade network or node performance temporarily Compare this list with the nodes in the network If all expected nodes are not listed double check that each node is powered up has its transceiver cable connected and has its transceiver connected to the network Correct any deficiencies and repeat steps and 2 until all nodes to be tested are in the response list TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G This procedure assumes that all stations attached to the network remain either powered or not powered continuously f
281. s the hardware exception vector for the failure Note The PLC Fault Table entry for this error is generated only after the restart has completed B 54 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table B 7 PLC Driver BPD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Event 8 This event is logged when a PLC Driver exception event occurs PLC Driver Entry 2 values are listed below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location BPD events identification code Most PLC Driver events contain a Scode status value Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 1 10 11 12 No PLC Fault Table entry for this error PLC Driver subsystem was not initialized after a PLC powerup or Ethernet restart There is no communication with the PLC CPU No PLC Fault Table entry for this error Mailbox communication was not established with PLC CPU after a PLC powerup or Ethernet restart There is no communication with the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains an internal error code Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Service Request Processor within PLC CPU is not come online after a PLC powerup or Ethernet restart There is no mailbox communication with the PLC CPU Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Mailbox packets were received from PLC CPU in wrong order Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number Comm Regq
282. s the offending endpoint identifier LAN system software fault resuming A TCP error event was issued to the Modbus TCP Server In many cases there may be a log entry immediately preceding this one which has an event code of 12H this entry may indicate the reason for sending the TCP error event Entry 4 contains the number of the local endpoint OH OfH to which the error was issued LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to tepmopen a parent endpoint as part of Modbus TCP Server task initialization As a result any incoming TCP connections to Modbus TCP will be rejected by TCP via RST LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Failed to tcpaccept an incoming TCP connection LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Detected a NULL mailbox pointer Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The Backplane PLC Driver module returned bad status in response to a request Entry 4 contains the status code returned by the Backplane Driver See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The Backplane PLC Driver module returned bad status in response to a task registration request Entry 4 contains the status code returned by the Backplane Driver See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Entry 5 contains the ID of the task for which the regis
283. scribed as a letter that identifies the task in the firmware Itis important to remember to enter the argument and not its symbolic name For example to display the SRTP Server tallies you should enter TALLY v not TALLY lt TASK gt Optional arguments are surrounded by square brackets for example LOG Z Again the brackets should not be entered as part of the command Sometimes there are several alternatives for an argument The alternatives are listed in the command description separated by a vertical bar I and enclosed in braces For example when using the NET command only one of the alternatives should be selected NET ON OFF GFK 1186G 7 1 Command Input Processing Anything in a command description that is not one of the constructs discussed above should be entered exactly as itis shown All data entered for the command is converted to lower case unless it is enclosed in double quotes To use a double quote character within an argument string the double quote should be entered twice for example This string would contain one character The Style B Station Manager accepts several ASCII control characters for various functions The control characters accepted by the Station Manager are listed in the following table All other control characters are ignored on normal command inputs Illegal control characters sent to the Station Manager result in a lt BEL gt character being sent to t
284. se for such an event Entry 4 contains a Backplane PLC Driver task identification Entry 5 contains a request identification number LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A NULL buffer pointer was detected Entry 3 can contain the aborted channel number Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error A request to notify the Channel API of the next CPU scan failed LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a new channel machine failed Entry 3 contains the requested channel number Bad local application request discarded request A COMMREQ arrived to the Channel API containing a command code that was not recognized as a Channel API command Entry 3 contains the command code GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 33 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event Ic Entry 2 codes Continued SRTP Channel API 20 Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request events Continued Internal error An attempt to write to the user specified reference address to be used to hold the Detailed Channel Status Words failed internally LAN system software fault resuming The Service Request Processor component of client PLC CPU rejected a request Entry 3 contains the major minor error code of the request E
285. smission Channel An association in a client PLC between the PLC application program and an Ethernet Interface in that same PLC The ladder program initiates the channel when it issues a Communications Request COMMREQ to its local Ethernet Interface In turn this local Ethernet Interface initiates a connection to a remote server and then makes periodic data transfers between the client and server PLCs See also Connection GFK 1186G Appendix A Glossary A 3 A 4 Channel Status Bits The Channel Status bits comprise bits 17 80 64 bits of the status indication area For SRTP Channels these bits consist of an error bit and a data transfer bit for each of the channels that can be established For Modbus TCP Channels there is a Connection Open bit and one reserved bit for each possible channel 32 channels for the Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface 16 channels for the Series 90 30 Ethernet Interfaces Status bits for unused channels are always set to zero Client A node that requests network services from a server A client PLC initiates a communications request See also Server Collision A condition that results from concurrent transmissions by two or more nodes on the transmission medium Collision Domain A single CSMA CD network If two or more nodes are within the same collision domain and both transmit at the same time a collision will occur Nodes separated by a repeater are within the same collision domain Nodes separated by a
286. st to the Backplane PLC Driver failed Entry 3 contains an error status code describing the failure See the BPD MDU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 Entry 4 contains the backplane transfer class code associated with the transfer Valid class codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 19H LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a new backplane transfer tracking structure failed Entry 3 contains the backplane transfer class code to be used with the transfer Valid class codes are defined in the description for Entry 2 19H 2a Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Internal error An attempt to allocate a status update structure failed 2b LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A NULL COMMREQ data block pointer was detected 2f Bad local application request discarded request Could not write the CRS word of an Establish Channel COMMREQ command Entry 3 identifies the channel number You should check your application to make sure it is using a legal CRS word pointer in all commreq command blocks for the indicated channel LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to allocate a buffer failed Entry 3 contains the channel number Bad local application request discarded request An invalid PLC request was received from the PLC 36 LAN system software fault
287. t wackdelay wdg_q_len wurg_q wsegmt_sz wsend_buf z s lt z z E a E 5 i gt lt 5 m a Q 5 ao lo 3 5 6 24 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table 6 2 Advanced User Parameters Continued Default Value Receive buffer size 2104 0838H Keep alive timer interval 6000 1770H wmin_kal Minimum number of keep alive timer intervals from the 0004H last data transfer activity before sending the first keep alive probe for the connection wmax_kal Maximum number of keep alive timer intervals from the 0007H last data transfer activity before giving up on the connection ARP Parameters parm f fretries Maximum number of retries when attempting to resolve 4 0004H an address used with frun_time frun_time Retry timeout used with fretries parameter and Run time 0064H interval used with ftti parameter fttl Time to live number of frun_time intervals before 0258H expiration of an entry in the cache fcache_sz Cache size informational only this parameter is not OOFFH changeable Name Services Parameters parm r conflicts i DDP Resolve timeout interval wait for any response rddrsv_dly DDP Resolve delay interval wait for other responses 0064H i i 00c8H 4 7 100 255 0 0 0 0 0 20 20 10 rddbrw_dly DDP Browse delay interval wait for all responses 20 rddp_udp DDP UDP port number 18247 4747H 0 rdns_to DNS
288. t time Time 15 46 02 3 GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 39 s TRACE Command The TRACE command has the form TRACE lt task s gt lt minutes gt lt len_ref gt where lt task s gt is one or more task identifier letters from Table 4 3 or z to add PDU trace lt minutes gt is an optional parameter that specifies how long TRACE will remain active Default is 10 minutes This parameter is a character string that specifies an integer which can be 0 or a value from 1 to 32767 If 0 is specified then time out is not enforced Any non zero value specifies the duration in minutes after which the trace activity will automatically cease Login will be maintained automatic logout will be inhibited until after the trace has terminated lt len_ref gt is an optional parameter that limits the amount of PDU z data to be displayed The PDU display format is a character string that specifies an integer value ranging from to 32767 If omitted from the command line the value 48 will be substituted This parameter provides the flexibility to view the PDU in its entirety or just a portion of it Since each line of display consists of 16 bytes and if truncating of the PDU does take place always at the end of a line and trailed by gt on the next line the actual number of bytes displayed will be rounded up to the next multiple of 16 from lt len_ref gt There is of course a performan
289. t Interface obtains correct date and time from the PLC CPU CLEAR Clear Error Log or Tallies EGDWRITE Modify and EGD exchange KILLSS Delete and close a specified SRTP Server connection LOGOUT Exit modify mode NET Disable Enable network access at this Ethernet Interface OK Turns on STAT LED PING Sends ICMP echo request messages to remote station PLCWRITE Modify PLC reference memory REM Send Station Manager command to remote station REPP Report ping results RESTART Restart the Ethernet Interface STOPP Stop an active PING command TRACE Turn on specific task trace flags The Ethernet Interface must not have a configuration from the PLC in order to execute this command TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Date and Time The Station Manager provides commands to examine the date and time Any time the Ethernet Interface is restarted or power to it is cycled it will attempt to read the date and time from the PLC CPU If this fails or the PLC model does not provide date and time the time reverts to midnight and the date to January 1 of a default year Series 90 30 CPU364 Series 90 30 CPU374 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only If the Ethernet Interface is configured to use Network Time Synchronization the Ethernet module will synchronize its internal date and time to the network time server In this case the date and time as shown by the Ethernet Interface may be di
290. t all 1000 50 256 Tests all stations on the network This TEST command causes the test initiator to broadcast 1000 test command frames of varying lengths and data patterns to all GE Fanuc nodes or all nodes of all types on the network All nodes receiving these commands are expected to send a similar test response back to the initiating node The initiating node counts all responses from each responding node GFK 1186G Chapter 5 Testing on the Network 5 3 5 4 This command will take about 10 minutes to complete When the command is complete a report like the following should be displayed lt lt lt Test Results gt gt gt Page 1 of 1 Command test lt lt ffffffffffff gt gt 3e8H 32H 100H ALT Init Node lt lt 08001901001f gt gt Frames sent 3e8H Nodes responding 4H Responding nodes Response recd Response w err No Response lt lt 08001901027d gt gt 3e8H 0H 0H lt lt 080019010163 gt gt 3e8H 0H 0H lt lt 080019010043 gt gt 3e8H 0H 0H lt lt 08001901012c gt gt 3e8H 0H 0H This TEST ALL command and report shows performance over the network between the initiating node and each responding node at a rate comparable to what an application might experience For further information see the descriptions of the TEST and REPORT commands in Chapter 6 Command Descriptions Verify that all GEnet stations under test are included in the list either as the initiating node or as a responding node Also all GEnet stations shou
291. t and the transceiver some transceivers plug directly into the AUI AAUI port thus requiring no separate cable BOOTP BOOTP is a bootstrap protocol that allows a TCP IP network node such as a Series 90 PLC with Ethernet Interface to discover its own IP address and other configuration information This information is supplied from a BOOTP Server device on the network Bridge A functional unit that interconnects two Local Area Networks LANs that use the same logical link control protocol but may use different medium access control protocols A bridge connects network nodes at the Data Link layer ISO layer 2 Broadcast Sending of a frame that is intended to be accepted by all other nodes on the same Local Area Network Broadcast Address A LAN group address that identifies the set of all nodes on a Local Area Network Bus Network A Local Area Network in which there is only one path between any two network nodes and in which data transmitted by any node is immediately available to all other nodes connected to the same transmission medium NOTE A bus network may be linear star or tree topology Carrier Sense Ina Local Area Network an ongoing activity of a network node to detect whether another node is transmitting Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection CSMA CD A bus network in which the medium access control protocol requires carrier sense and in which exception conditions caused by collisions are resolved by retran
292. t to process an SRTP PDU that was received from the remote SRTP continued endpoint failed Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 number and the transfer identification number for the SRTP PDU that failed Entry 4 contains a code indicating the type of SRTP PDU that could not be processed Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to register a connection with the PLC Driver BPD failed Communication with the PLC CPU on the SRTP Server connection cannot occur Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number that failed to register Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to de register a connection with the PLC Driver BPD failed Any subsequent attempts to establish this SRTP Server connection may fail Entry 3 contains the PLC Driver BPD user identification number that failed to be de registered Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to send a request to the PLC Driver BPD failed SRTP Server will initiate the error service that will result in termination of the SRTP connection Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request An attempt to send a message to the PLC Driver BPD failed SRTP Server will initiate the error service that will result in termination of the SRTP connection Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request The PLC
293. table network In this case follow the procedure below If this station is the only one experiencing problems 1 Verify that the SQE test is enabled on the transceiver connected to the Ethernet Interface 2 Re tighten all transceiver cable and network connections 3 Make sure the Interface is seated and secured properly 4 Replace the transceiver cable with a known good cable 5 Verify that the Series 90 PLC power supply is properly grounded 6 Ifusing an external transceiver replace the transceiver with a known good transceiver If all stations are experiencing the problem the cable plant is probably at fault Re certify the cable plant When the STAT LED is ON Sometimes problems can occur even when the STAT LED is ON indicating normal operation In this case check if the LAN LED is also ON indicating that the Interface is successfully attached to the Ethernet network but there is no network activity To verify that the Ethernet Interface can access the PLC issue successive TALLY C Station Manager commands If the PlcSweep tally is not increasing there are no windows being provided by the PLC If any of the tallies PlcAbt MyAbt or Timeout are incrementing there may be a hardware problem with the Series 90 PLC backplane interface Check the PLC Fault Table for entries for the Ethernet Interface GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 17 Troubleshooting Using the PLC Fault Table The PLC Fault Table can be accessed v
294. tains the aborted Continued channel number Entry 4 contains the high word of the time value used in the attempt to set the timer Entry 5 contains the low word of the time value used in the attempt to set the timer LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error An attempt to set a timer failed Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains the time value used in the attempt to set the timer LAN system software fault aborted assoc amp resuming Internal error A channel machine s write PDU submachine was accessed in its IDLE state Entry 3 identifies the channel number of the aborted channel machine Bad remote application request discarded request An SRTP PDU arrived to the Channel API having an unexpected value in its version field This suggests that the remote SRTP endpoint may be running software that is incompatible with your version of the Channel API Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains the version number found in the arrived PDU Entry 5 contains the version number expected by the Channel API Bad remote application request discarded request An SRTP PDU arrived with a non zero data field however the PDU is of the type where data is not allowed Entry 3 contains the aborted channel number Entry 4 contains the PDU type code Valid PDU type codes are 0 Connect Request 1 Connect Response 2 Data Request 3 Data Response 4 Unconfi
295. te or transmission access to the transmission medium independently of the physical characteristics of the medium but taking into account the topological aspects of the network in order to enable the exchange of data between network nodes The MAC layer is the lower sublayer of the Data Link Layer ISO layer 2 Medium Attachment Unit MAU Ina network node on a Local Area Network LAN a device used to couple the data terminal equipment DTE to the transmission medium Often called transceiver The MAU may be built into the DTE or it may be a separate unit that attaches to the DTE through an AUI Modbus A data transfer protocol Called Modbus TCP when Ethernet media is used called Modbus RTU or simply Modbus when serial media is used Multicast The transmission scheme in which a limited group of multiple receivers are the intended target of a transmission Multicast Address A LAN group address that identifies a subset of the network nodes on a Local Area Network Appendix A Glossary A 7 A 8 Multiple Gateway Routing The capability of an Ethernet Interface to route a received message to either the default gateway or one of additional gateways configured at the Ethernet Interface Name A character string used to identify and address something Name Resolution A hidden process that permits application programs to address network nodes using a symbolic name Network Address Name in lieu of a numeric IP address
296. tem software fault resuming CFG events An internal system error occurred attempting to initiate a Restart sequence The restart continued will not occur The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming An unrecognized Restart sequence command was received Entry 3 contains an internal error code LAN system software fault resuming The active SNTP server has changed Entries 3 and 4 contain the IP address of the previous SNTP server displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 3 0 0 1 would be shown as 0300H 0001H LAN system software fault resuming An operating system error occurred while canceling a timer The failure occurred during the status task shutdown while preparing to enter factory diagnostics operation The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred in shared memory while responding to a firmware update request The restart sequence will still occur and the module will restart into software load mode The details are found in the Scode value LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to write to flash to place the module into software load mode The module will not accept a firmware update LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to read PLC memory LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to write to PLC memory
297. teness sufficiency or usefulness of the information contained herein No warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose shall apply The following are trademarks of GE Fanuc Automation North America Inc Alarm Master Genius PowerMotion VersaMax CIMPLICITY Helpmate PowerTRAC VersaPoint CIMPLICITY 90 ADS Logicmaster Series 90 VersaPro CIMSTAR Modelmaster Series Five VuMaster Field Control Motion Mate Series One Workmaster FrameworX ProLoop Series Six GEnet PROMACRO Series Three Copyright 1989 2002 GE Fanuc Automation North America Inc All Rights Reserved Chapter 1 Chapter 2 Chapter 3 Chapter 4 f TMP OMU GH ON Ee cosecetesess ccodecescoicseiveseicaceceas sess e E R e O A E eS 1 1 lation Manager Styles aeann riese eeo enl ee seaenssevdineesbisetenteuvceeess 1 2 Station Manager Services migi ed ed a E E E EEEE a AE EA a E Ea 1 2 Quick Guide to the Manual cccccccsseceessnseceeseeeeceeseeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeaaeeeceesaececseaaeeeensaas 1 2 Accessing the Station Manager ssccssssccssssscsssscssssscssesccsssssssscssssessessessesees 2 1 Connecting to the Station Managet uo eeecescssceeseeesseeeseeeseeeeeeeeseeeaeeeseeeaaecaeseaeeenaeenaes 2 2 Local Operation of the Station Manager 0 ee eeeeceeseeeseeeseeceseeeseeeseeeseecsaecsaecsaeeenaes 2 2 Vermiunall Priulators iin ieee iir Eebe e EEL E E E EE a E E 2 3 Remote Operation of the Station Manager essseeeeseeresseeseesresresrrsressesresresr
298. terface at each configuration store power cycle or restart When the Ethernet Interface has received configuration parameters from the PLC CPU at the last restart this Station Manager command is prohibited and any previous changes made using it are no longer effective The CHSOSW command is used to change the backup configuration parameters used by the Ethernet Interface when configuration has not been received Whenever the Ethernet Interface receives configuration from the PLC CPU it replaces the configuration parameters always overriding any user set values Changes made by the CHSOSW command do not take effect until the Ethernet Interface is restarted or power cycled Such changes will then remain until a new configuration is supplied to the Ethernet Interface by the PLC Programmer configuration software The CHSOSW command has the form cHsosw lt sosw data gt def A typical set of sosw data selections is ip_address lt dotted decimal IP address gt subnet_mask lt dotted decimal subnet mask gt gateway lt dotted decimal default gateway address gt pl_data_rate 1200I2400148001960011920013840015 760011 15200 pl_parity NONEIODDIEVEN p1_flow_controll NONEIHARDWARE time_sync OI1 Use chsosw def to set all values to default All parameters are converted to lower case unless within quotes Use 0 for time_sync to select NONE to select SNTP A typical CHSOSW command is shown below CHSOSW ip add
299. the Backplane Driver See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 45 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 28 Entry 2 codes Continued Ethernet Global la Not reported to PLC Fault Table Data EGD events Allocation of dualport memory failed when setting up an EGD exchange Entry 3 is the internal status code Continued Backplane communications with PLC fault lost request Freeing of dualport memory failed Entry 3 is the internal status code User Application Fault or EGD exchange config invalid discarded request A config request was received with invalid information Entry 3 may contain the address type 1d LAN data memory exhausted check parms resuming Allocation of new BPX structure failed le LAN system software fault resuming Attempt to join host group failed 1f Bad remote application request Discarded request A packet was received attempt to consume that had an invalid size Entry 3 size of received exchange in bytes Entry 4 configured size of the local consumer exchange in bytes 20 LAN I F capacity exceeded discarded request Allocation of dualport memory failed when setting up an EGD exchange 21 LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to leave an IP multicast group failed Ent
300. the PLC Programmer during Name Resolution configuration The routing partner table is derived from routing pair information specified using the PLC Programmer during module configuration The routing table also specifies the source of the routing information PLC backup or default The output of this command is as follows gt routetbl Routing Table from PLC Config lt lt lt Network Routing Table gt gt gt Destination Subnet Subnet Mask Next Hop IP Address Cost 10 16 24 0 255 255 255 0 10 16 22 3 10 16 25 0 255 255 255 0 10 16 21 2 10 16 26 0 255 255 255 0 10 16 34 3 lt lt lt Routing Partner Table gt gt gt 2 routing partner s configured Destination Subnet Subnet Mask Slot Cost 10 16 21 0 255 255 255 0 2 1 Default Partner 10 16 22 0 255 255 255 0 4 1 GFK 1186G Chapter 6 Style A Station Manager Command Descriptions 6 33 s 6 34 SNTP Command Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only This command displays information related to SNTP operation the current POSIX clock value the list of servers in the manual override table and the list of servers in the tracking table This command does not use any input arguments The SNTP command has the form SNTP A typical SNTP command is shown below gt sntp Current POSIX clock time 25 JUL 1997 20 11 00 935 Status SYNCHRONIZED Server Selection Mode AUTOMATIC lt lt lt SNTP TRACKING TABLE gt gt gt IP Address Stra
301. the lowest required CPU firmware version System Error Oc LAN system software fault resuming This error indicates the Ethernet Interface is unable to set local privilege level to permit write access to the PLC memory The Ethernet Interface is unable to return COMMREQ status COMMREQ operation will not be permitted Entry 3 indicates the following O The request to set privilege level failed Entry 4 contains the BPD status code See the BPD MBU error status code list at the beginning of Log Event 8 The privilege level was not raised to level 2 to permit memory write access Entry 4 contains the actual PLC privilege level Check that local PLC memory is not protected by a level 2 password System Error Od Unsupported feature in configuration This version of the Interface does not support one or more operations specified in the PLC configuration Check the Interface firmware version and order an upgrade kit for the Ethernet Interface if necessary System Error 10 LAN system software fault resuming Task 0 is unable to create its buffer pool The Ethernet Interface is unable to communicate with the PLC CPU GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 5 B 6 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2 Entry 2 codes Continued System events System Error 11 Continued LAN system software
302. the specified task or tasks to be displayed at the terminal where the TRACE command is invoked This trace information shows each protocol exchange at the selected task and can be used by protocol experts to diagnose problems at the node or in a remote host The format of the display is the same at both the local and the remote terminal The TRACE command issued last either locally or remotely determines where the display takes place Caution Enabling trace output has severe performance penalties for the communications software This command should only be used in debugging problems It should NEVER be left enabled in operational nodes The trace output is enabled for only the tasks specified with the most recent TRACE command trace output is disabled for all tasks not specified Trace output is generated by the selected tasks until one of the following occurs TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G e The TRACE command is issued again to disable tracing or to select a new set of tasks e The timeout specified for the TRACE command has expired The command TRACE with no arguments shows e What tasks are currently printing trace information e The time remaining for an active trace e The active len_ref value The command TRACE causes all tracing to be disabled Once trace has been initiated from a remote Station Manager trace output continues to be sent to that remote Station Mana
303. tion Log Event Descriptions B 19 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 11 Entry 2 codes Continued IP events Continued 3 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An IP request to send an ICMP message failed Entry 4 Description 3 Destination Unreachable 11 Time Exceeded Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP address bytes of the node to which the ICMP message would have been sent and displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 10 0 0 1 would be shown as 0A00H 0001H 4 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to set a timer with STIMreq failed Entry 4 contains the time interval requested Local request to send was rejected discarded request An attempt to send an Ethernet frame with EDATreq failed Possible Ethernet cable problems Check that the LAN LED is ON or Blinking Entry 4 contains the value used for the Ethernet protocol type field LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to join an IP multicast group failed Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP multicast group address displayed as two hexadecimal words For example 224 0 0 1 would be shown as E000H 0001H LAN system software fault resuming Internal error An attempt to leave an IP multicast group failed Entries 5 amp 6 contain the IP multicast group address displayed as two hexadecimal word
304. to GE Fanuc for corrective action LAN system software fault resuming Unrecognized data received on the EGD data port Entry 3 contains the unrecognized command code Entry 4 contains the PDU version The data in the received message is ignored LAN system software fault resuming The signature field in a sample is invalid Entry 3 contains the signature This indicates that the producer and the consumer may not agree on the format of the data The exchange having the error is identified in the extended data available using the log z command LAN system software fault resuming The length of the sample received for a consumed exchange does not match the length configured for the exchange Entry 3 contains the received data length This usually means that the producer and the consumer of the data don t agree on its format The exchange having the error is identified in the extended data available using the log z command TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 13 Ethernet Global Data EGD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 28 Event 2 entries continued Ethernet le LAN system software fault resuming Global Data Error return from a request to scan EGD consumed data Details of the error are EGD events found in the SCode One or more samples will be lost or delayed in being conti
305. to be 132 columns in width so wrapping of lines may occur in some terminals or terminal emulators A typical output from a LOG Z command is shown below gt log z lt lt lt Extended Exception Log gt gt gt IC693CPU374 Embedded Ethernet version 1 00 15A3 Log displayed 19 APR 2002 16 23 53 3 Log initialized using valid RAM information Log last cleared 19 APR 2002 15 46 27 4 Remote IP Addr Port Date Time Event Count Entry 2 through Entry 6 SCode or Producer ID Exchg Local IP Addr Port 19 APR 2002 16 22 38 9 1H 2H 0000H 0001H 0000H 0000H 0000H gt 19 APR 2002 16 23 49 2 eH 1H 0006H 0002H 0000H 0005H 05fb H 80080001H In addition to the output from the LOG command shown above the following additional fields will be displayed when LOG Z is used S Code A 32 bit internal status code See Appendix E for code format and values Remote IP Addr Port or Producer ID Exchg For some errors this field contains the IP address and port of the remote node associated with the error For EGD this field sometimes contains the producer ID and exchange ID of the exchange associated with the error Local IP Addr Port For some errors this field contains the IP address and port of the local end point associated with the error TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G LOGIN Command The LOGIN command has the form LOGIN The LOGIN command will be followed by a prompt of the form Passwor
306. transmitter underrun conditions detected RxFrmInt Number of receive frame interrupts processed RxDscAct Number of receive frames lost due to lack of a descriptor RxFifoOv Number of receive FIFO overflow conditions detected TxIllLen Number of times a transmit frame length was less than 4 bytes NoCar Number of times a no carrier condition was detected on transmission LossCar Number of times a loss of carrier condition was detected on transmission TxCol Number of times a collision was detected during a transmission Appendix C Tally Descriptions C 16 Table C 23 Network Interface Tallies task l continued Tally Description TxRtryOv Number of times a packet was discarded due to exhausting the retries for transmission RxMc2Stk Number of received multi cast packets delivered to the stack RxResBit Number of times a residual bit frame was received RxLngStk Number of times a packet greater than 1519 bytes was received RxShtStk Number of times a packet less than 64 bytes was received RxPhyErr Number of times an error was reported from the PHY RxCRC Number of receive CRC error conditions detected The following are tallies associated with each switch port TxDrop Number of transmit packets dropped for lack of resources TxTotCol Number of collisions seen by the port TxSngCol Number of transmitted packets that saw exactly
307. tration failed 14 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Unexpected event indication routine call 15 LAN system software fault resuming Internal error Unrecognized TCP event code Entry 4 contains the TCP endpoint identifier Entry 5 contains the unrecognized TCP event code GFK 1186G Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 39 Table B 2 Exception Log Event Codes for Style A Station Manager Continued Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event If Entry 2 codes Continued Modbus TCP 16 LAN system software fault resuming Server Internal error Event routine indication for an endpoint identifier that should not events receive such an indication Entry 4 contains the endpoint identifier continued LAN system software fault resuming An event has arrived to a Modbus TCP Server state machine and no transition exists for the event in the machine s current state Entry 4 contains an internally significant event code LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL transaction machine pointer detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL connection machine pointer detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error NULL pointer was detected LAN system software fault resuming Internal error A work block with NULL transaction and connection machine pointers was detected Entry 4 contains the event code
308. ts contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN system software fault resuming Internal system error User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN transceiver fault OFF network until fixed Transceiver or transceiver cable failed or became disconnected User Action Reattach the cable or replace the transceiver cable Check SQE test switch if present on transceiver Local request to send was rejected discarded request Internal error Check that the Ethernet Interface is online User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Memory backup fault may lose config log on restart Internal error accessing FLASH device User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Replace Ethernet Interface Module software corrupted requesting reload Catastrophic internal system error Contact GE Fanuc Automation NA Module state doesn t permit Comm_Req discarded COMMREQ received when Ethernet Interface cannot process COMMREQ User Action Make sure Ethernet Interface is configured and online Unsupported feature in configuration PLC firmware does not support Ethernet com munications software User Action Check CPU revision order upgrade kit for CPU TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G What to do if you Cannot Solve the Problem If after using the troubleshooting guide y
309. ttern is not changeable by the user Default length is 64 bytes Range is 8 through 32747 but is limited by system buffer memory The results of the last PING command are maintained until the Modify security level is exited either by a timeout or by the LOGOUT command It may be advisable to issue a CHLTIME 0 command before initiating a PING command of long duration The PING command is refused if the Ethernet Interface on which you are issuing the PING command to has not been configured with a valid IP address A typical PING command is shown below ping 10 0 0 1 10 Ping initiated lt lt lt Ping Results gt gt gt Command ping 10 0 0 1 10 100 64 Sent 10 Received 10 No Timely Response 0 Late Stray Responses 0 Round trip ms min avg max 0 1 10 See also the REPP command for detailed explanation of PING results PROG Command The PROG command has the form PROG This command causes the name of the current PLC CPU program to be displayed A typical PROG command is shown below gt prog CPU Program Name is JEFF914 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L RDNIP Command Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only This command is reserved REM Command The REM command has the form REM lt node gt lt cmd gt lt cmd parms gt where lt node gt is the MAC address of a remote GEnet Ethernet Interface or the IP address of the remote Interface or t
310. tum Time Since Last Update Consistent 10 16 169 18 11 16 seconds YES lt LOCK 10 16 169 16 15 4 seconds NO 2 tracked SNTP server s Up to four servers can be present in the server tracking table TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G L SOSW Command This command displays the current setting of the Ethernet Interface Soft Switches and indicates their source Valid sources for the Soft Switches are as follows CPU the Soft Switch settings have been received in the Ethernet Interface s configuration from the PLC CPU Changes to the Soft Switch settings with the CHSOSW command are not allowed Internal Backup the Soft Switch settings have been retrieved from the Ethernet Interface s internal backup This is expected when configuration has not been received from the PLC CPU The CHSOSW command may be used to change the current Soft Switch settings Factory Defaults the Soft Switch settings have been set to factory default This is expected when the Ethernet Interface has never received configuration from the PLC CPU i e no current configuration or previously backed up configuration exists The CHSOSW command may be used to change the current Soft Switch settings Unknown this is not expected The SOSW command has the form sosw A typical SOSW command is shown below gt SOSW lt lt lt Soft Switch Data gt gt gt IP Address 10 0 0
311. uble quotes To use a double quote character within an argument string the double quote should be entered twice for example This string would contain one character The Style A Station Manager accepts several ASCII control characters for various functions The control characters accepted by the Station Manager are listed in the following table All other control characters are ignored on normal command inputs Illegal control characters sent to the Station Manager result in a lt BEL gt character being sent to the terminal Table 6 1 Control Characters Control Character Usual Keyboard Function CTRL H Backspace Delete previous character Delete Delete previous character CTRL Q Resume output to the display CTRL R Recall previous command line s CTRL S Stop output to the display CTRL X Cancel the current input line Return Enter Terminate line and execute command If a command line becomes too long to easily type on a single display line the character pair lt CR gt can be used to continue the command on the next line on the display The backslash character will not be used as a part of any argument Series 90 30 CPU364 and Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 only Up to the last 10 command lines are stored in a recall list Repeated lt CTRL R gt recalls up to the last 10 command lines before the list wraps around lt CTRL X gt resets back to the starting position in the recall
312. ue 2 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred attempting to send a logon request to the PLC CPU The CFG subsystem will no longer receive change notification mail This will cause the LED s to not properly display a configuration store or clear The details are found in the Scode value 3 LAN system software fault resuming The PLC CPU sent an unrecognized request to the Configuration subsystem Entry 3 may contain an internal error code indicating the type of the request 4 LAN system software fault resuming PLC CPU sent an unrecognized message to the Configuration subsystem Entry 3 contains an internal code indicating the type of mail message for an unrecognized Unsolicited mail message or the sequence number for an nrecognized response message 5 LAN system software fault resuming The Configuration subsystem failed attempting to respond to a PLC CPU request Entry 3 contains the response message type Entry 4 contains the response message sequence number 6 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred processing the Ethernet configuration This error is due to an invalid configuration being stored In the case of an invalid Advanced User Parameters file Entry 3 will contain the line number where the error occurred Note The Configuration processing stops at the first error detected 7 LAN system software fault resuming A failure occurred in configuration ti
313. uld be exercised in invoking the TEST command on a network in a production environment Invoking the TEST command increases the load on all nodes especially the initiating node Be especially cautious if you are using values of lt sch gt smaller than the default or values of lt len gt larger than the default Also be careful if you are using the ALL synonym which broadcasts to all nodes in the network TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G A typical TEST command is shown below test 0800190100fb 100H Test initiated lt lt lt Test Results gt gt gt Command test lt lt 0800190100fb gt gt 100H 32H 1H ALT Page 1 of 1 Init node lt lt 08001901001f gt gt Frames sent 100H Nodes responding 1H Responding nodes Response recd Response w err lt lt 0800190100fb gt gt 100H 0H TIME Command The TIME command has the form TIME No Response This command causes the current system time to be displayed This time is used in generating time stamps for messages which require them This time is also used as a time stamp for events in the exception log displayed by the LOG command The initial value of the time on restart power up or load is read from the local PLC CPU If this is not available it is set to 00 00 00 0 midnight Time values are based on a 24 hour clock The Modify command CHTIME is used to change the time value A typical TIME command is shown below g
314. ult Gateway IP address are correct Connection to remote node failed resuming Underlying communications software detects error without it transferring data resuming If persistent error check connection to LAN and operation of remote node LAN controller fault restart LAN I F User Action HW fault perform power cycle If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN controller Tx underflow attempt Internal system error User Action If problem recovery persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN controller underrun overrun resuming Internal system error User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA LAN data memory exhausted check parms The Ethernet Interface does not have free memory resuming to process communications User Action If problem persists contact GE Fanuc Automation NA GFK 1186G Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 19 Table 4 4 PLC Fault Table Message Descriptions Continued PLC Fault Message User Action LAN duplicate MAC Address resuming A frame was received in which the source MAC Address was the same as this station s MAC Address All stations on a network must have a unique MAC address Immediately isolate the offending station it may be necessary to turn it off or disconnect it from the network This station remains Online unless you intervene to take it Offline LAN controller fuse blown off network Series 90 70 Ethernet I
315. ulticast IP messages from the network Host group addresses must be valid Class D multicast IP addresses Hostid The hostid is the part of the IP address identifying the host on the network See also Netid Hub See Repeater IEEE 802 The IEEE 802 LAN series of standards are as follows IEEE 802 Overview and Architecture IEEE 802 2 The Logical Link Control LLC sublayer of OSI Data Link Layer common above all IEEE 802 Medium Access Control MAC sublayers IEEE 802 3 CSMA CD Ethernet MAC and Physical Layer standard IEEE 802 4 Token Bus MAP LANs MAC and Physical Layer standard IEEE 802 5 Token Ring IBM MAC and Physical Layer standard Information Field That part of a protocol data unit PDU that contains data as opposed to the address field and command field Initiating Station The station from which an instance of communication a transaction originates Also referred to as client Interface Shortened form for Ethernet Interface The general term used in this manual to identify the GE Fanuc hardware module with or without software that connects a PLC or CNC to a network See also LAN Interface Internet Any collection of networks and gateways that use the TCP IP protocols and function as a single cooperative virtual network specifically the world wide Connected Internet Internet Address A unique Internet address identifies each node on an IP network or system of connected networks The Internet
316. uming Error registering a new BPD User task Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 may contain a memory allocation size Appendix B Exception Log Event Descriptions B 55 Table B 7 PLC Driver BPD Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Possible Cause and Resolution Code Event 8 Entry 2 values continued PLC Driver 13 LAN system software fault resuming BPD events Error de registering a BPD User task Entry 3 contains the task number 14 LAN system software fault resuming Error receiving a mailbox transfer from a BPD User task Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number No PLC Fault for this exception Error sending a mailbox transfer to the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains either the task number or an internal error code Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error receiving a mailbox transfer from the PLC CPU Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error sending a mailbox transfer to a BPD User task Entry 3 contains eitherthe task number or an internal error code Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error flushing a mailbox transfer Entry 3 contains the task number Entry 4 contains the mailbox sequence number LAN system software fault resuming Error handling i
317. unications The status data consists primarily of the Status bits and the Communications Status words Refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual Chapter 3 Programming Communications Requests for more information Use the Station Manager software to troubleshoot a problem with the Interface with the network with PLC backplane communication or with your application The LOG TALLY EXS and STAT Station Manager commands are especially useful e The LOG command provides a record of exceptions occurring with the network and Interface e The TALLY command provides statistics about operation and performance of the network and Interface e The EXS command provides information about COMMREQs e The STAT command provides the current status on the operation of the Interface Refer to relevant chapters in this manual for information on how to access and use the Station Manager software TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G States of the Ethernet Interface The states of the Ethernet Interface are described below Note on LED Names The IC693CMM321 Series 90 30 Ethernet Interfaces and the IC697CMM742 Series 90 70 Ethernet Interface Type 2 each have 4 LEDs The CPU364 and CPU374 Ethernet Interfaces have 3 LEDs Many of the functions being indicated are the same from module to module with the exception of the third LED from the top FDX SER SER
318. urce Quench messages received InRedir Number of ICMP Redirect messages received InEchos Number of ICMP Echo requests messages received InEchoRp Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received InTmSp Number of ICMP Timestamp request messages received InTmSpRp Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received InAdrM Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received InAdrMRp Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received OtMsgs Number of ICMP messages attempted to be sent OtErrors Number of ICMP messages not sent due to problems discovered in ICMP OtDstUnr Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent OtTimeEx Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent OtParmPr Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent OtSrcQch Number of ICMP Source Quench messages sent OtRedir Number of ICMP Redirect messages sent OtEchos Number of ICMP Echo request messages sent OtEchoRp Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages sent OtTmSp Number of ICMP Timestamp request messages sent OtTmSpRp Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages sent OtAdrM Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages sent OtAdrMRp Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages sent TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G GFK 1186G Table C 27 TCP Tallies task w Tally Description ActOpens Number of times TCP connections have made a direct transition to the SYN SE
319. ware fault resuming Error producing output for a station manager command LAN system software fault resuming Error in producing station manager tally output B 68 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Table B 15 Run time Diagnostic Event Entry Codes for Style B Station Manager Log Event Code Possible Cause and Resolution Event 2A This event is logged when a run time exception event occurs Entry 2 values are listed Run time below Entries 5 and 6 contain an internal location identification code Most events contain a SCode status value Diagnostic events Entry 2 hexadecimal values are 2 LAN System Software Fault Resuming Run time diagnostic initialization failed 3 Module Software Corrupted Requesting Reload Run time CRC verification failed The module firmware must be reloaded 4 LAN System Software Fault Resuming CPU heartbeat time out occurred Entry 3 contains previous heartbeat service interval Entry 4 contains the timeout clock value at the time of the failure This fault causes EGD to be disabled 5 LAN System Software Fault Resuming CPU I O timeout occurred Entry 3 contains previous I O service interval Entry 4 contains the timeout clock value at the time of the failure 6 LAN System Software Fault Resuming Error entering factory test mode unable to shut down the Network Interface 7 LAN System Software Fault Resuming Run time d
320. ware versions prevent shared memory communication 0x0008 Shared memory interface was not properly configured for use 0x0009 Timeout sending a shared memory command to PLC CPU 0x000a PLC CPU is busy unable to send shared memory command to PLC CPU 0x000d 0x000e Error obtaining a mail buffer in shared memory Ox000f Cannot send mail to PLC CPU shared memory mail queue is full 0x0010 Cannot get mail from PLC CPU shared memory mail queue is empty 0x0011 Error allocating memory buffer from shared memory heap 0x0012 0x0013 Error freeing memory buffer to shared memory heap 0x0015 Unknown Station Manager command was received 0x0016 PLC CPU is unavailable while updating its firmware Error Status Definitions for BPD Subsystem The following SCode Error Status identifiers are used with the BPD subsystem ID 05H Values not listed below are internal errors and should be reported to GE Fanuc Automation Table E 5 SCode Error Status Definitions for BPD Subsystem Value Error Status Condition 0x0001 BPD subsystem was not successfully initialized 0x0002 Mail communication via shared memory was not established 0x0003 Service Request Processor within PLC CPU is not available 0x0004 BPD subsystem is shutdown pending an Ethernet restart or firmware update 0x0008 User task is not registered with BPD subsystem request cannot be processed 0x0009
321. wn initiated KILLSS Command Note This command is intended to be used only for diagnostics and maintenance The KILLSS command has the form KILLSS ALLi lt SRTP Server Endpoint gt lt SRTP Server endpoint gt This command causes the specified SRTP server endpoint s to be terminated An endpoint is identified by a number as listed in the left column of the STAT V command output Alternately the KILLSS ALL form of the command causes all established SRTP Server endpoints to be terminated This command will not terminate endpoints that are not in the ESTABLISHED state A typical KILLSS command is shown below killss 2 SRTP Server endpoint 2 shut down initiated 6 16 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G LOAD Command The LOAD command has the form LOAD The LOAD command causes the Ethernet Interface to prepare to accept a software load as described in Appendix C PC Software Loader in GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual The purpose is to install a software version upgrade into the Ethernet Interface After the LOAD command is entered the module must have its software reloaded before any further processing may take place or the LOAD state may be exited by momentarily pressing the Restart pushbutton or cycling power Any data transfer between the Series 90 PLC and the network when the LOAD command is issued is permanently lost
322. work or transceiver cable or a defective Ethernet Interface Isolate and correct the cause of the problem and then replace the fuse or the Ethernet Interface For fuse type and replacement procedures refer to GFK 1541 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User s Manual 122 LAN controller fault restarted LAN I F or 123 LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The MAC chip failed its internal loopback test Replace the LAN Controller board 124 LAN controller fault restarted LAN I F or 125 LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The MAC chip failed to initialize Replace the LAN Controller Board 126 LAN controller fault restarted LAN I F or 127 LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The MAC reported a babble fault more than 1518 bytes of data have been transmitted in a frame Replace the LAN Controller board 128 LAN controller fault restarted LAN I F or 129 LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The MAC reported a handshaking error in accessing the LAN Controller memory Replace the LAN Controller board 12a LAN controller fault restarted LAN I F or 12b LAN Interface hardware failure switched off network The MAC reported a broken chain of buffers in a transmit frame Since the LAN Controller does not chain buffers this should not occur Replace the LAN Controller board If this
323. y associated parameters to the node whose address is specified The Station Manager on the remote node acts on the command as if it had been entered at its local serial port but directs all output from processing the command back over the network to the station where the REM command originated The results are displayed at the local station with the notation REM along with the prompt from the remote station to denote that the data was returned from the remote station A REM command cannot be issued to the node on which it is entered A typical REM command is shown below rem 10 0 0 1 node REM gt IC693 PLC Factory LAN Interface REM gt Copyright c 1998 All rights reserved REM gt Version 1 00 28A1 TCP IP REM gt Version 1 00 28A1 Software Loader REM gt IP Address 10 0 0 1 REM gt MAC Address lt lt 080019010177 gt gt The LOGIN command is treated as a special case when it is specified in the REM command The following command is used to login to a remote device REM lt node gt LOGIN lt password gt Note that this prevents the prompt for the password value and displays the remote password in a readable form Note When using the REM command the password should be placed in double quotes if it contains any uppercase letters because the password is case sensitive Do not send the REM command itself to an Ethernet Interface i e rem lt node gt rem lt node gt lt command gt Security is enforce
324. y the Internet DNS is primarily used to resolve a name into an IP address Dotted Decimal The notation for IP gateway and name server addresses as well as the subnet mask It consists of 4 decimal numbers 0 255 separated by periods Example IP address 10 0 0 1 Duplex The ability to send and receive data simultaneously full duplex or not half duplex Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol DHCP A superset of the BOOTP protocol See BOOTP Ethernet Global Data EGD A proprietary protocol that provides efficient connectionless periodic data transfer over an Ethernet network Operates over the UDP protocol Ethernet Interface The general term used in this manual to identify the GE Fanuc hardware module with or without software that connects a PLC or CNC to a network It may also appear in the shortened form Interface See also LAN Interface Exchange In Ethernet Global Data a set of variables or memory locations within the PLC or other device to be transferred from a Producer to a Consumer See also Producer Consumer Exchange ID In Ethernet Global Data a numerical value assigned by the user to identify a specific data exchange to be sent by the producing device See also Producer Consumer Exchange Exchange Status Word The 16 bit Exchange Status word continuously indicates the status of an Ethernet Global Data exchange Extended Netid See Subnet Id Flash Memory A type of read only memory that can be er
325. ystem software fault resuming events An error was detected in SRTP Server that failed to be processed Entry 3 amp Entry 4 contain a code indicating the error that failed to be processed continued LAN system software fault resuming An unexpected event has arrived on an SRTP Server connection No state transition exists for the event in the connection s current state Entry 3 contains the event code LAN system software fault resuming An internal error occurred that prevented SRTP Server from sending an SRTP PDU SRTP Server failed to understand the type of SRTP PDU that needed to be sent Entry 3 contains a code indicating the reason for the send SRTP PDU request LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to add tracking of an open SRP session on an SRTP Server connection failed SRTP Server will be unable to terminate the session when the connection is closed Any subsequent attempts to open this connection will fail until the PLC is power cycled Entry 3 contains the session s service request processor address LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to delete tracking of an SRP session on an SRTP Server connection failed Entry 3 contains the session s service request processor address LAN system software fault resuming An attempt to automatically terminate a dangling session with the service request processor failed Any subsequent attempts to establish this SRTP Server
326. ytes Local Area Network Light Emitting Diode LAN Interface Status Logical Link Control Link Layer Service Access Point Medium Access Control Megabyte 1 048 576 bytes Protocol Data Unit Programmable Logic Controller Random Access Memory Request for Comments Simple Network Time Protocol Signal Quality Error Service Request Transfer Protocol Transmission Control Protocol Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol User Datagram Protocol A 2 TCP IP Ethernet Communications Station Manager Manual May 2002 GFK 1186G Glossary of Terms Adapter Name A name assigned to locally identify a module e g an Ethernet Interface in the local station See also Network Address Name Address Administration The assignment of LAN addresses locally or on a universal basis Address Field The part of a Protocol Data Unit PDU that contains an address Address Resolution Protocol ARP The Internet Protocol that binds dynamically a high level Internet Address to a low level physical hardware address such as a MAC address Apple Attachment Unit Interface AAUD A lower power smaller connector adaptation of the IEEE 802 3 AUI Attachment Unit Interface AUI In a network node on a Local Area Network the interface between the medium attachment unit MAU and the data terminal equipment Often called transceiver cable AUI AAUI Port A connector on the network interface AUI AAUI Cable The cable between the AUI AAUI por

TCP/IP Ethernet Communications for the Series 90 PLC User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents